Compounds and methods for CD73 adjustment and their indications

Abstract

A compound of formula (I), [Formula 1] JPEG2023522949000105.jpg55166 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 Disclosed are compounds, compositions thereof, and uses thereof, wherein A, E, L, and G are as described in any of the embodiments described in this disclosure.

Description

[Technical Field]

[0001] Cross-reference of related applications This application asserts the interests under Section 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63 / 014,523, filed on 23 April 2020, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

[0002] This invention relates to organic compounds useful for regulating CD73 for the treatment of various diseases in mammals, particularly those associated with CD73 overexpression. [Background technology]

[0003] The enzyme CD73, which catalyzes the breakdown of AMP to adenosine, is known to be overexpressed in many types of cancer. CD73 is involved in the production of extracellular adenosine that modulates the tumor-induced immunosuppressive mechanisms of T cells, thereby tumor-derived CD73 functions as an ectoenzyme that produces extracellular adenosine that promotes tumor growth by limiting antitumor T cell immunity via adenosine receptor (AR) signaling. More specifically, CD73, a highly conserved ecto-nucleotidase, is a dimeric enzyme expressed in the outer lobe of the plasma membrane. CD73 catalyzes the dephosphorylation of a subset of 5' nucleotides, with 5'-adenosine monophosphate (AMP) as the primary substrate. Adenosine is produced in the tumor microenvironment by CD73-catalyzed AMP hydrolysis at high levels. Adenosine binds to A2a and A2b receptors on immune cells, inhibiting immune surveillance against tumor cells. Blocking CD73-mediated AMP hydrolysis is a potential therapeutic approach to suppress antitumor immunity. Results from CD73-targeting small molecule inhibitors in mouse tumor models suggest that targeted CD73 therapy is an important alternative and practical approach to the effective control of tumor growth. In particular, it may be useful in T cell-based therapies by enhancing adaptive immune response mechanisms that can increase the function of tumor-infiltrating T lymphocytes and subsequently lead to improved survival rates in cancer patients.

[0004] Based on clinical trial data, CD73 expression has been reported to be associated with poor prognosis and reduced antitumor immunity in human TNBC, and targeting CD73 may be a promising strategy for reprogramming the tumor microenvironment of this BC subtype. (See Bruissert et al., Clinical significance of CD73 in triple-negative breast cancer: multiplex analysis of a phase III clinical trial, Ann Oncol. 2018 Apr 1;29(4):1056-1062)

[0005] CD73 has also been reported as a target for immunotherapy, and clinical trials using CD73 inhibitors may prove beneficial for lung cancer patients. (See Hui et al., Evaluation of CD73 in lung cancer, Journal of Clinical Oncology 2017 35:15)

[0006] Furthermore, there is growing evidence that CD73 is an important regulatory molecule in cancer development, more specifically, that it is overexpressed in many types of cancer cell lines and patient biopsies, including breast cancer, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer, and gallbladder cancer, and that it is associated with the clinical characteristics and prognosis of cancer patients. In addition, positive effects on tumor-bearing mouse models demonstrate that anti-CD73 therapy is a promising approach for treating such cancer patients. (See Zhao-wei Gao et al., The Roles of CD73 in Cancer, BioMed Research International, Volume 2014).

[0007] Host CD73 has been further demonstrated to play a significant role in multiple areas of glioblastoma pathogenesis, including promoting glioblastoma proliferation, angiogenesis, and invasiveness. More specifically, studies have shown a 20-fold increase in A2B adenosine receptor (AR) expression on glioblastoma compared to spurious glandular

[0008] Studies have shown that CD73 activity increases during the proliferation phase in glioma cell lines, suggesting a crucial role for this enzyme during brain tumor development. In summary, these results suggest an important role for external 50-NT / CD73 in glioma cell proliferation. (See Luci Bavaresco et al., The role of ecto-5'-nucleotidase / CD73 in glioma cell line proliferation, Mol Cell Biochem (2008) 319:61-68).

[0009] Furthermore, gastric cancer patients with high CD73 expression had lower overall survival rates, indicating that CD73 expression is an independent predictor of gastric cancer. (See Lu XX et al., Expression and clinical significance of CD73 and hypoxia-inducible factor-1α in gastric carcinoma, World J Gastroenterol. 2013 Mar 28;19(12):1912-8).

[0010] Other studies have found increased CD73 expression in specific conditions, including the highly invasive phenotype of melanoma cell lines, proliferative chronic lymphocytic leukemia cells, papillary carcinoma (the most common form of thyroid cancer), pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, and the stroma of colorectal cancer. Increased CD73 mRNA and activity have been found in glioma cell lines, lymph node metastatic prostate cancer, and human tumor bladder cell lines. (See Luca Antonioli et al., Anti-CD73 in cancer immunotherapy: awakening new opportunities, Trends Cancer. 2016 Feb 1;2(2):95-,109).

[0011] Inhibiting CD73 to prevent its immunosuppressive effects may enhance the control of leukemia and thus could be a promising therapeutic target. (See Paolo Bernasconi et al., Targeting Leukemia Stem Cell-Niche Dynamics: A New Challenge in AML Treatment, Journal of Oncology, Volume 2019).

[0012] Other studies have found high CD73 expression in pancreatic cancer cells associated with poor patient prognosis, independent of clinicopathological factors, suggesting that CD73 may be a relevant immunotherapy target and a promising immunoprognostic biomarker in pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma. (See N. Messaoudi et al., CD73 as a novel immune target and biomarker in pancreatic adenocarcinoma, HPB 2018, 20(S1), S5eS35).

[0013] CD73 expression has also been reported to be higher in lymph node metastatic prostate cancer than in non-metastatic prostate cancer, suggesting that CD73 may be a relevant and specific target for molecular therapy of prostate cancer metastasis. (See Yang Q et al., Overexpression of CD73 in prostate cancer is associated with lymph node metastasis, Pathol Oncol Res. 2013 Oct;19(4):811-4).

[0014] Other studies have reported that restricting CD73-derived adenosine substantially suppresses microglia-mediated neuroinflammation and improves the survival rates of dopaminergic neurons and motor behavior in a Parkinson's disease model. The authors concluded that targeting nucleotide metabolic pathways such as CD73 may be a promising therapeutic strategy to limit adenosine production and neuroinflammation in Parkinson's disease. (See Fan Meng et al., CD73-derived adenosine controls inflammation and neurodegeneration by modulating dopamine signaling, Brain, Volume 142, Issue 3, March 2019, Pages 700-718).

[0015] Hepatic fibrosis develops in response to chronic inflammation and progressive liver damage. This pathological process is driven by the activation and accumulation of myofibroblasts. CD73 is upregulated in fibrous septa as a result of hepatic astrocytocyte, portal vein fibroblast, and myofibroblast differentiation. CD73-deficient mice have been reported to be resistant to the development of hepatic fibrosis, suggesting its role in fibrosis and adenosine production. CD73 may be useful in preventing hepatic fibrosis.

[0016] Furthermore, other studies have reported that CD73 is a novel target for modulating early Alzheimer's disease, and that synaptic and memory dysfunction in a β-amyloid model of early Alzheimer's disease depends on increased formation of ATP-derived extracellular adenosine produced by CD73. (See Goncalves et al., Synaptic and memory dysfunction in a β-amyloid model of early Alzheimer's disease depends on increased formation of ATP-derived extracellular adenosine, Neurobiol Dis. 2019 Dec;132:104570).

[0017] Therefore, compounds that can inhibit CD73 represent a new class of potential therapeutic agents that can modulate immune responses and tumor growth. Since there are currently no approved CD73 inhibitors for the treatment or prevention of human diseases, there is an unmet need for novel compounds that can modulate CD73. [Overview of the Initiative]

[0018] One embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a novel compound described in any of the embodiments herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof, which can prepare CD73.

[0019] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a compound of formula I. [ka] Or relating to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof, in the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3A, E, L, and G are as described in any of the embodiments of the present disclosure (including any of the subordinate embodiments).

[0020] Other embodiments and sub-embodied embodiments of Formula I are further described herein in this disclosure.

[0021] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or any embodiment and subembodied embodiment of Formula I described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog of any of these compounds, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.

[0022] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or any embodiment and subembodied embodiment of Formula I described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog of any of these compounds, and another therapeutic agent.

[0023] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a subject having a disease or condition mediated by CD73, the method comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or any embodiment of Formula I described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog of any of these compounds, or a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds described herein, wherein the disease or condition expresses CD73 in an abnormal or different manner, or expresses any of the aforementioned activating mutations or translocations.

[0024] Further embodiments are described in the detailed description of this disclosure. [Modes for carrying out the invention]

[0025] I. Definition As used herein, unless otherwise specified, the following definitions apply:

[0026] It should be noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

[0027] Unless otherwise indicated by the bond point, the definitions of the variables in Formula I of this disclosure and the chemical parts listed in all embodiments thereof should be read from left to right, with the right side being directly bonded to the defined parent structure. However, if the bond point (e.g., a dash "-") is shown to the left of the chemical part (e.g., -alkyloxy-C1~C6alkyl), then the left side of this chemical part is directly bonded to the parent part as defined.

[0028] Given the general description of compounds described herein for the purpose of constructing compounds, such constructions are expected to result in the creation of stable structures. That is, those skilled in the art will recognize that, theoretically, some constructs are not typically considered stable compounds (i.e., sterically practical and / or synthetically feasible).

[0029] "Alkyl" means a linear or branched hydrocarbon having a specified number of carbon atoms, either by itself or as part of another substituent, unless otherwise specified (i.e., C1-C6 means 1-6 carbon atoms). Typical alkyl groups include linear and branched alkyl groups having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 carbon atoms. Even more typical alkyl groups include linear and branched alkyl groups having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl. For each of the definitions used herein (e.g., alkyl, alkoxy, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, etc.), if a prefix is ​​not included to indicate the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl portion, the alkyl portion or part thereof has 12 or fewer main chain carbon atoms, or 8 or fewer main chain carbon atoms, or 6 or fewer main chain carbon atoms. For example, C1-C6 alkyl refers to a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon having 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon atoms, and includes, but is not limited to, -CH3, C2 alkyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, C6 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C2 alkyl, C3 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C3 alkyl, C2-C4 alkyl, C2-C5 alkyl, C2-C6 alkyl, C3-C4 alkyl, C3-C5 alkyl, C3-C6 alkyl, C4-C5 alkyl, C4-C6 alkyl, C5-C6 alkyl and C6 alkyl.Substitution is understood as being bonded at any available atom to produce a stable compound, but when the arbitrarily substituted alkyl is the R group of a moiety such as -OR (e.g., alkoxy), -SR (e.g., thioalkyl), -NHR (e.g., alkylamino), -C(O)NHR, the substitution of the alkyl R group is such that the substitution of the alkyl carbon bonded to any O, S, or N of the moiety (except when N is a heteroaryl ring atom) eliminates substituents that result in substituents bonded to any O, S, or N of the alkyl carbon bonded to any O, S, or N of the moiety (except when N is a heteroaryl ring atom).

[0030] "Alkylene" refers to a straight-chain or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon moiety derived from an alkane having the number of carbon atoms indicated by the prefix, either by itself or as part of another substituent. For example, (i.e., C1-C6 means 1-6 carbon atoms, and C1-C6 alkylenes include methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, hexylene, etc.). 1~4 Examples of alkylenes include methylene-CH2-, ethylene-CH2CH2-, propylene-CH2CH2CH2-, and isopropylene-CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)-, -CH2-(CH2)2CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH3)CH2-, and -CH2-C(CH3)2-CH2-CH2CH(CH3)-. Typically, alkyl (or alkylene) groups have 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and these groups have 10 or fewer, 8 or fewer, or 6 or fewer carbon atoms. If no prefix is ​​included to indicate the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene moiety, the alkylene moiety or part thereof has 12 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 8 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 6 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 4 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 3 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 2 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 1 carbon atom.

[0031] "Alkenyl" refers to a linear monovalent hydrocarbon group or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon group having the number of carbon atoms indicated by the prefix and containing at least one double bond. For example, C2-C6 alkenyl means including ethenyl, propenyl, etc. "C2-C6 alkenyl C1-C6 alkylene" means group-C1-C6 alkylene-C2-C6 alkenyl, where alkenyl and alkylene are as defined herein.

[0032] The term "alkenylene" refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain divalent hydrocarbon group that contains at least one double bond and has the number of carbon atoms indicated by the prefix. Examples of such groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, clotyl, 2-isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), and their higher congeners and isomers.

[0033] The term "alkynyl" refers, in some embodiments, to a monoradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon having 2 to 20 carbon atoms (in some embodiments, 2 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g., 2 to 6 carbon atoms) and 1 to 6 carbon-carbon triple bonds, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 carbon-carbon triple bonds. In some embodiments, examples of alkynyl groups include ethynyl (-C≡CH), propargyl (or propynyl, e.g., -C≡CCH3), etc. If no prefix is ​​included to indicate the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl or alkynyl moiety, the alkenyl or alkynyl moiety or part thereof has 12 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 8 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 6 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms, or 4 or fewer main-chain carbon atoms.

[0034] The term "alkynylene" refers to a straight-chain or branched-chain divalent hydrocarbon group that contains at least one triple bond and has the number of carbon atoms indicated by the prefix. Examples of such groups include ethynyl, 1- and 3-propynyl, 3-butynyl, and their higher congeners and isomers.

[0035] "Alkoxy" or "alkoxyl" refers to an -O-alkyl group, where alkyl is as defined herein. For example, "C1-C6 alkoxy" refers to an -O-C1-C6 alkyl group, where alkyl is as defined herein. Substitutions on an alkoxy are understood to be bonded to any available atom to form a stable compound, however substitutions on an alkoxy are such that O, S, or N (except when N is a heteroaryl ring atom) is not bonded to the alkyl carbon bonded to the O of the alkoxy. Furthermore, where an alkoxy is described as a substituent on another part, the oxygen of the alkoxy is not bonded to the carbon atom bonded to the O, S, or N (except when N is a heteroaryl ring atom) of the other part, or to the alkene or alkyne carbon of the other part.

[0036] The terms "alkoxyalkyl" and "alkoxyalkylene" refer to alkyl groups substituted with alkoxy groups. For example, "C1-C6 alkoxy C1-C6 alkyl" refers to C1-C6 alkyl groups substituted with C1-C6 alkoxy groups as defined herein, and "C1-C3 alkoxy C1-C3 alkylene" refers to C1-C3 alkyl groups substituted with C1-C3 alkoxy groups as defined herein.

[0037] "Amino" or "amine" indicates the group -NH2.

[0038] "Arylene" refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic polyunsaturated aromatic hydrocarbon group containing 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms, either by itself or as part of another substituent, unless otherwise specified. This may be monocyclic or polycyclic (up to 3 rings) fused together or covalently bonded. However, "aryl" does not encompass or overlap with heteroaryls as defined below. When one or more aryl rings are fused with a heteroaryl ring, the resulting ring system is heteroaryl. Non-restrictive examples of unsubstituted aryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, and 2-naphthyl. The term "arylene" refers to a divalent aryl, where aryl is as defined herein.

[0039] "5-6 membered aromatic ring" refers to a phenyl ring or a 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring as defined herein. For the purposes of this disclosure, the bridgehead atom cannot be any two adjacent atoms on any particular ring.

[0040] A “bridged ring” or “bridged compound” is a carbocyclic or heterocyclic compound or part having two or more rings containing a bridge of 1 to 4 carbon atoms connecting two bridgehead atoms. In this disclosure, the phrase “bridged carbon or heterocyclic” has the same meaning as the phrase “bridged carbocyclic or bridged heterocyclic.” For the purposes of this disclosure, the two bridgehead atoms in a bridged ring cannot be the same atoms on a particular ring. A bridged heterocyclic refers to a bridged compound having at least one heteroatom. Bridgehead atoms are part of the molecular skeletal framework. A bridged ring (or compound) may be entirely carbocyclic (all carbon skeletal atoms). The following are examples of bridged rings showing the bridgehead atoms and bridgehead atoms, respectively. [ka]

[0041] For the purposes of this disclosure, a crosslinking ring means a ring which may have one or two C1-C3 alkyl groups not bonded to either the crosslinking atom or the bridgehead atom, and these crosslinking rings may be substituted as described in this disclosure. Other non-limiting examples of crosslinking rings include bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, adamantyl, (1s,5s)-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, (1R,5S)-6,6-dimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, (1R,5S)-6,6-dimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, (1r,2R,4S,5r,6R,8S)-tetracyclo[3.3.1.02,4.06,8]nonane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and 1-fluorobicyclo[2.2.2]octane.

[0042] "Cycloalkyl," "carbocyclic," or "carbocyclic formula" refers, either by itself or as part of another substituent, to a saturated or partially unsaturated non-aromatic monocyclic ring or fused ring, such as a bicyclic or tricyclic carbocyclic system, or cubane, unless otherwise specified, having the number of carbon atoms indicated by the prefix, or, if not specified, 36, moreover 46, and even 5-6 ring members per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, where one or two ring carbon atoms may be replaced by carbonyl atoms. Furthermore, the term cycloalkyl is intended to encompass cyclic systems fused to an aromatic ring (e.g., aryl), regardless of the bonding points with the rest of the molecule. Cycloalkyl refers to the number of ring atoms indicated (e.g., C 3~6 Both "cycloalkyl" and "3-6 membered cycloalkyl" refer to hydrocarbon rings having 3-6 ring carbon atoms. The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to a cycloalkyl having at least one unsaturated unit. Substituents of a cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl may be at the bonding site of the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl group, forming a quaternary center.

[0043] "Cycloalkylalkyl" and "cycloalkylalkylene" refer to -(alkylene)-cycloalkyl groups, where the alkylene has the number of carbon atoms indicated as defined herein, or, if not specified, 6 or fewer carbon atoms, and the cycloalkyl has the number of carbon atoms indicated as defined herein, or, if not specified, 310, 38, or even 36 ring members per ring. For example, a 4-6 membered cycloalkyl-C1-C6 alkyl group refers to a cycloalkyl group having 4-6 carbon atoms bonded to an alkylene chain having 1-6 carbon atoms, with the alkylene chain bonded to the parent group. Other exemplary cycloalkylalkyl groups include, for example, cyclopropylmethylene, cyclobutylethylene, and cyclobutylmethylene. "Cycloalkylalkylene" refers to -(alkylene)-cycloalkyl groups, where, for example, a C3-C6 cycloalkyl-C2-C6 alkylene group is -(C2-C6 alkylene)-C3-C6 cycloalkyl group. "C3-C6 cycloalkylethynylene" is a group with the base -C≡C-C3-C6 cycloalkyl.

[0044] The term "cyano" refers to the group -CN. The term "C1-C6 cyanoalkyl" refers to a C1-C6 alkyl group as defined herein, which is substituted with one, two, or three cyano groups. "C1-C6 cyanoalkylethynylene" is a group -C≡C-C1-C6 cyanoalkyl group.

[0045] The term "haloalkyl" refers to alkyl groups substituted with 1 to 7 halogen atoms. Examples of haloalkyls include monohaloalkyls and polyhaloalkyls. For example, the term "C1-C6 haloalkyl" includes trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, and 3-bromopropyl. Furthermore, the term "haloalkylene" refers to alkylenes substituted with 1 to 7 halogen atoms.

[0046] The terms "haloalkoxy" or "haloalkoxyl" refer to -O-haloalkyl groups, where a haloalkyl group is defined herein. Examples of haloalkoxyls include monohaloalkyloxyls or polyhaloalkoxyls. For example, the term "C1-C6 haloalkoxyl" means that it includes trifluoromethyloxyl, difluoromethyloxyl, and the like.

[0047] "Halogen" or "halo" refers to all halogens, namely chloro(Cl), fluoro(F), bromo(Br), or iodine(I).

[0048] "Heteroatom" means that it contains oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), and sulfur (S).

[0049] "Heteroaryl" refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring group containing 5 to 9 ring atoms, containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N, or 14, 13, or 12 heteroatoms (also referred to here as a 5- to 9 membered heteroaryl, and including monocyclic aromatic ring groups containing 5 or 6 ring atoms (also referred to here as a 5- to 6 membered heteroaryl)). Any aromatic ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom is a heteroaryl regardless of the bonding site (i.e., via any one of the fused rings). Heteroaryls are also intended to contain moieties having oxidized S or N, such as sulfinyl, sulfonyl, and noxide of tertiary ring nitrogen. The carbon or nitrogen atom is a bonding site in the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is produced. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, indolidinyl, benzo[b]thienyl, quinazolinyl, prinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, oxatiadianol, isothiazolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, furanyl, benzofuryl, triazinyl, quinoxalinyl, sinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, benzotriazinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, isobenzofuryl, isoindolyl, indolidinyl, thienopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridine, benzothiaxolyl, benzothienyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, pteridinyl, and thiadiazolyl. A "nitrogen-containing heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl ring in which at least one of the ring heteroatoms is nitrogen (N).

[0050] "Heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated non-aromatic cycloalkyl group containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from N, O, S (including S(O) and S(O)2), or P (including phosphine oxide), where the nitrogen, sulfur, and phosphorus atoms may be oxidized, the nitrogen atom may be quaternized, the remaining ring atoms are C, and one or two C atoms may exist as more carbonyl. Furthermore, the term heterocycloalkyl is intended to encompass any ring or ring system containing at least one heteroatom that is not heteroaryl, regardless of its bonding site with the rest of the molecule. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include those having rings with formally charge-separated aromatic resonance structures, such as N-methylpyridonyl. Heterocycloalkyl groups may be substituted with one or two oxo groups, and examples include sulfone and sulfoxide derivatives. A heterocycloalkyl group may be a monocyclic, fused bicyclic, or fused polycyclic ring system with 3 to 12, 4 to 10, 5 to 10, or 5 to 6 ring atoms, where 1 to 5 ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from -N=, -N-, -O-, -S-, -S(O)-, or -S(O)2-, and further, 1 or 2 ring atoms may be replaced by a -C(O)- group. For example, a 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl group is a heterocycloalkyl group having 4 to 6 ring members, each having at least one heteroatom. A heterocycloalkyl group may also be a heterocyclic alkyl ring fused with a cycloalkyl group. Non-limiting examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, and pyridonyl. A heterocycloalkyl group can be bonded to the rest of the molecule via a ring carbon or heteroatom. "Heterocycloalkenyl" refers to a heterocycloalkyl group having at least one unsaturated unit. The substituents of the heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl group may be located at the bonding site of the heterocycloalkyl or heterocycloalkenyl group, forming a quaternary center.

[0051] "Hydroxyl" or "hydroxy" refers to the OH group. The terms "hydroxyalkyl" or "hydroxyalkylene" refer to an alkyl group or alkylene group, as defined herein, that is substituted with 1 to 5 hydroxyl groups.

[0052] The term "oxo" refers to C(=O) or (O). In some embodiments, two possible bonding sites on a carbon atom form an oxo group.

[0053] As used throughout this disclosure, “any substituent” or “may be substituted” means that substitution may or may not occur in the compound, and that the description includes both cases where substitution occurs and cases where substitution does not occur. For example, “1 to 3 T 1 The phrase "may be substituted with base" is T 1 This means that the group may be present, but is not required. In this disclosure, any substitution of the compound is assumed to occur in a manner that results in a stable compound.

[0054] A "spirocarbon" is a carbon atom common to two rings. A "carbocyclic spiroring," as shown in this example, contains two cycloalkyl rings linked by one common spirocarbon. [ka] A "heterocyclic spiro ring" includes a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring bonded to a heterocyclic ring by a single common spirocarbon atom, as shown in this example. [ka]

[0055] When used herein in connection with the compounds of this disclosure, “synthesize” and similar terms mean the chemical synthesis from one or more precursor materials.

[0056] As used herein, the term “composition” means a formulation containing at least one pharmaceutically active compound and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient, suitable for therapeutic administration to an intended animal subject.

[0057] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" indicates that the material described does not possess any properties that would cause a physician, in reasonable judgment considering the disease or condition being treated and the respective route of administration, to avoid administering the material to a patient. For example, such materials are generally required to be essentially sterile, for instance, in the case of injectable preparations.

[0058] "Pharmacologically acceptable salts" refer to salts that are acceptable for administration to patients, such as mammals (e.g., salts that have mammalian safety acceptable for a given administration regimen). Potentially intended pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, but are not limited to, mono, bis, tris, and tetrakis. Pharmacologically acceptable salts are nontoxic at the amounts and concentrations they are administered. Preparation of such salts can facilitate pharmacological use by altering the physical properties of a compound without interfering with its physiological effects. Useful alterations to physical properties include lowering the melting point to facilitate transmucosal administration and increasing solubility to facilitate administration of higher concentrations of the drug. Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids, depending on the specific substituents found in the compounds described herein.

[0059] pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by standard techniques. For example, the free base form of a compound can be isolated by dissolving it in a suitable solvent, such as an aqueous solution or aqueous alcohol solution containing a suitable acid, and then evaporating the solution. In another example, the salt can be prepared by reacting the free base with an acid in an organic solvent.

[0060] If the compounds of this disclosure contain relatively acidic functional groups, the base addition salt can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds in its original form or in a suitable inert solvent with a sufficient amount of the desired base (i.e., primary, secondary, tertiary, quaternary, or cyclic amines, alkali metal hydroxides, alkaline earth metal hydroxides, etc.). The desired acid may be, for example, pyranosidylic acid (glucuronic acid, galacturonic acid, etc.), α-hydroxy acid (citric acid, tartaric acid, etc.), amino acid (aspartic acid, glutamic acid, etc.), aromatic acid (benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, etc.), sulfonic acid (p-toluenesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, etc.). In some embodiments, the salt is acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, ascorbic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, citric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, fumaric acid, glycolic acid, gluconic acid, glucuronic acid, glutamic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, isethionic acid, lactic acid, lactobionic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid, mucinic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, pamoic acid, pantothenic acid, phosphoric acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, yogurt. It can be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable acids such as hydrous acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, pyruvic acid, aspartic acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, anthranilic acid, mesylic acid, salicylic acid, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, phenylacetic acid, embonic acid (pamoic acid), ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, sulfanilic acid, stearic acid, cyclohexylsulfamic acid, cyclohexylaminosulfonic acid, quinic acid, argentic acid, hydroxybutyric acid, galactaric acid, and galacturonic acid.

[0061] This also includes salts of amino acids such as arginates, and salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid (see, for example, Berge, S M et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66:1-19). Certain compounds of this disclosure contain both basic and acidic functional groups that enable the conversion of the compound into either a base-addition salt or an acid-addition salt.

[0062] The neutral form of a compound can be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound by conventional methods. The parent form of a compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise, the salt is equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of this disclosure.

[0063] pharmaceutically acceptable salts of different compounds may exist as complexes. Examples of complexes include 8-chlorotheophylline complexes (e.g., dimenhydrinate:diphenhydramine 8-chlorotheophylline (1:1) complex, similar to Dramamine) and various cyclodextrin inclusion complexes.

[0064] The term "deuterated," when used herein alone or as part of a group, means a substituted deuterium atom. The term "deuterated analog," when used herein alone or as part of a group, means a compound containing a substituted deuterium atom in place of a hydrogen atom. The deuterated analogs of this disclosure may be fully or partially deuterium-substituted derivatives. In some embodiments, the deuterium-substituted derivatives of this disclosure have a fully or partially deuterium-substituted alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group.

[0065] The present disclosure also encompasses isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by atoms having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number commonly found in nature. All isotopic variants of the compounds of the present disclosure are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present disclosure, whether radioactive or not. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds of the present disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine, and chlorine, such as, 2 H (deuterium, D), 3 H (tritium), 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 F, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 Cl and 125 I, but are not limited thereto. Unless specifically stated otherwise, when a position is specifically designated as "H" or "hydrogen", that position is understood to have hydrogen in its isotopic composition of natural abundance or its isotopes, such as deuterium (D) or tritium ( 3 H). Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., those labeled with 3 H and 14 C) are useful in compound and / or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiation (i.e., 3 H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14 C) and fluorine-18 ( 18 F) isotopes are useful due to the ease of their preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may confer certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or decreased required dosage), and thus may be preferred in some situations. The isotopically labeled compounds of the present disclosure can generally be prepared by procedures similar to those described in the following schemes and examples herein, by using isotopically labeled reagents instead of non-isotopically labeled reagents.

[0066] A “prodrug” means any compound that, when administered to a subject, releases an active parent drug according to formula I in vivo. Prodrugs of compounds of formula I are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound of formula I, either by conventional procedures or in vivo, so that the modifications can be cleaved in vivo to release the parent compound. A prodrug may progress from the prodrug form to the active form in a single step, or it may have one or more intermediate forms that may be active or inactive themselves. Some prodrugs are enzymatically activated to produce an active compound, or compounds that produce an active compound in the event of a further chemical reaction. A prodrug contains a compound of formula I, in which the hydroxyl, amino, carboxyl, or sulfhydryl group in the compound of formula I is bonded to any group that can be cleaved in vivo to regenerate a free hydroxyl, amino, or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, esters of the hydroxyl functional group in compounds of formula I (e.g., acetates, formates, and benzoates), amides, guanidines, and carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl). Other examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, carbonates, ureides, solvates, or hydrates of active compounds. The preparation, selection, and use of prodrugs are discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the ACSSymposium Series, "Design of Prodrugs," ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in whole.

[0067] As shown in Chapters 31-32 of The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (Ed. Wermuth, Academic Press, San Diego, CA, 2001), prodrugs can be conceptually divided into two non-exclusive categories: bioprecursor prodrugs and carrier prodrugs. Generally, bioprecursor prodrugs are compounds that contain one or more protecting groups and are inactive or less active compared to the corresponding active drug compound, and are converted to an active form by metabolism or solvolysis. Both the active drug form and any released metabolites should have tolerably low toxicity. Typically, the formation of the active drug compound involves a metabolic process or reaction of one of the following types:

[0068] (1) Oxidation reactions: Examples of oxidation reactions include, but are not limited to, the oxidation of alcohols, carbonyl and acidic functional groups, hydroxylation of aliphatic carbons, hydroxylation of alicyclic carbon atoms, oxidation of aromatic carbon atoms, oxidation of carbon-carbon double bonds, oxidation of nitrogen-containing functional groups, oxidation of silicon, phosphorus, arsenic and sulfur, oxidative N-dealkylation, oxidative O- and S-dealkylation, oxidative deamination, and other oxidation reactions.

[0069] (2) Reduction reactions: Examples of reduction reactions include, but are not limited to, the reduction of carbonyl functional groups, alcohol functional groups and carbon-carbon double bonds, nitrogen-containing functional groups, and other reduction reactions.

[0070] (3) Reactions in which the oxidation state does not change: Reactions in which the oxidation state does not change include, but are not limited to, the hydrolysis of esters and ethers, the hydrolysis and cleavage of carbon-nitrogen single bonds, the hydrolysis and cleavage of non-aromatic heterocycles, hydration and dehydration at multiple bonds, the formation of new atomic bonds due to dehydration reactions, hydrolysis and dehalogenation, the removal of hydrogen halide molecules, and other such reactions.

[0071] A carrier prodrug is a drug compound that includes a transport portion that improves uptake to the site of action and / or local delivery. In such carrier prodrugs, the bond between the drug portion and the transport portion is covalent, the prodrug is inactive or less active than the drug compound, and it is desirable that the prodrug and any release transport portion are acceptable and non-toxic. In the case of a prodrug in which the transport portion is intended to enhance uptake, the release of the transport portion must typically be rapid. In other cases, it is desirable to utilize other portions that provide sustained release, such as certain polymers or cyclodextrins. (See, for example, Cheng et al., U.S. Patent Application Publication 2004 / 0077595, incorporated herein by reference.) Such carrier prodrugs are often advantageous for orally administered drugs. Carrier prodrugs can be used to improve one or more of the following properties: increased lipophilicity, increased duration of pharmacological effect, increased site specificity, reduced toxicity and adverse reactions, and / or improved formulation (e.g., stability, water solubility, suppression of undesirable functional or physicochemical properties). For example, lipophilicity can be increased by esterification of the hydroxyl group with a lipophilic carboxylic acid, or by esterification of the carboxylic acid group with an alcohol, such as an aliphatic alcohol.

[0072] The term “carrier” also means microspheres, liposomes, micelles, and nanoparticles (naturally equipped nanocarriers, such as exosomes). Exosomes are known to be very effective drug carriers, and there are various methods for loading drugs into exosomes, including the techniques described in J Control Release. 2015 December 10;219:396-405, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference.

[0073] Metabolites, such as active metabolites, overlap with the prodrugs described above, such as bioprecursor prodrugs. Therefore, such metabolites are compounds that are further metabolized into pharmacologically active compounds, or pharmacologically active compounds that are derivatives resulting from metabolic processes within the target body. Of these, active metabolites are such pharmacologically active derivative compounds. In the case of prodrugs, the prodrug compound is generally inactive or less active than the metabolite. In the case of active metabolites, the parent compound may be either the active compound or an inactive prodrug.

[0074] Prodrugs and active metabolites can be identified using routine techniques known in the art. See, for example, Bertolini et al., 1997, J. Med. Chem., 40:2011-2016, Shan et al., 1997, J Pharm Sci 86(7):756-757, and Bagshawe, 1995, Drug Dev. Res., 34:220-230.

[0075] A "tautomer" refers to a compound produced by the phenomenon of a proton moving from one atom to another in a molecule. See Jerry March, Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structures, Fourth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, pages 69-74 (1992). A tautomer also refers to one of two or more structural isomers that exist in equilibrium and are readily convertible from one isomeric form to another. Examples include acetone / propene-2-ol keto-enol tautomers, e.g., imine-enamine tautomers; ring chain tautomers, e.g., glucose / 2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal; and tautomers of heteroaryl groups containing -N=C(H)-NH-ring atom sequences, e.g., pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, and tetrazole. Compounds may exhibit tautomeric isomerism ("tautomerism") if they contain, for example, keto or oxime groups or aromatic moieties. The compounds described herein may have one or more tautomers and therefore include a variety of isomers. Those skilled in the art will recognize that other tautomeric ring configurations are possible. All such isomers of these compounds are expressly included in this disclosure.

[0076] An "isomer" refers to a compound that has the same molecular formula but differs in the nature or order of the bonds between its atoms, or in the arrangement of those atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are called "stereoisomers." "Stereoisomers" and "stereoisomers" refer to compounds that exist in different stereoisomer forms, for example, when they have one or more chiral centers or double bonds with chiral substitutions, and therefore can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as a mixture. Examples of stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of each other are called "diastereomers," and stereoisomers that are mirror images of each other but cannot be superimposed are called "enantiomers." If a compound has a chiral center, for example, an atom such as carbon bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. Enantiomers can be characterized by the absolute configuration of their chiral centers, described by the Kahn and Prelogue R and S sequencing rules, or by the way the molecule rotates its plane of polarization, and are called dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers, respectively). Chiral compounds can exist as individual enantiomers or mixtures thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of enantiomers is called a “racemic mixture”. Another example is stereoisomers, which include geometric isomers such as the cis or trans orientation of substituents on carbons adjacent to a double bond. Unless otherwise indicated, the description is intended to include individual stereoisomers as well as mixtures. Methods for determining stereochemistry and separating stereoisomers are known in the art (see the discussion in Chapter 4 of Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2007), and differ in the chirality of one or more stereocenters.

[0077] A "hydrate" refers to a complex formed by the combination of water molecules and solute molecules or ions. A "solvate" refers to a complex formed by the combination of solvent molecules and solute molecules or ions. The solvent may be an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a mixture of both. Solvates imply the presence of hydrates. Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl sulfoxide, and water. In general, solvated forms are equivalent to non-solvated forms and are included within the scope of this disclosure.

[0078] In the context of the use, testing, or screening of a compound that is or may be a modulator, the term “contact” means that the compound is in close proximity to a particular molecule, complex, cell, tissue, organism, or other particular material, and that potential bonding interactions and / or chemical reactions may occur between the compound and the other particular material.

[0079] "Assimilation" means creating experimental conditions and collecting data on specific results obtained from exposure to those conditions. For example, an enzyme can be assayed based on its ability to act on a detectable substrate. A compound can be assayed based on its ability to bind to one or more specific target molecules.

[0080] As used herein, the terms “ligand” and “modulator” are used interchangeably to refer to compounds that alter (i.e., increase or decrease) the activity of target biomolecules, such as those described herein, including enzymes. Generally, ligands or modulators are small molecules, and “small molecule” refers to compounds having molecular weights of 1500 daltons or less, 1000 daltons or less, 800 daltons or less, or 600 daltons or less. Thus, an “improved ligand” has better pharmacological and / or pharmacokinetic properties than a reference compound, and “better” can be defined by those skilled in the art for a particular biological system or therapeutic use.

[0081] The term "binding" in relation to the interaction between a target and a potential binding compound indicates that the potential binding compound associates with the target to a statistically significant degree compared to association with proteins in general (i.e., non-specific binding). Therefore, the term "binding compound" refers to a compound that has a statistically significant association with the target molecule. In some embodiments, the binding compound has a dissociation constant (K) of ≤10 mM, ≤1,000 μM, ≤100 μM, ≤10 μM, ≤1 μM, ≤1,000 nM, ≤100 nM, ≤10 nM, or ≤1 nM. D ) interacts with a specific target. In the context of compounds that bind to a target, the terms “higher affinity” and “selective” indicate that the compound is stronger than the reference compound, or stronger than the same compound under reference conditions, i.e., has a lower dissociation constant. In some embodiments, higher affinity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, 1000, or 10,000 times greater affinity.

[0082] The terms “modulate” and “regulate” refer to the ability of a compound to increase or decrease the function and / or expression of a target such as CD73, and such function may include transcriptional regulatory activity and / or binding. Modulation can be performed in vitro or in vivo. Modulation includes, as described herein, direct or indirect inhibition, antagonism, partial antagonism, activation, agonism or partial agonism of a function or feature related to CD73, and / or direct or indirect upregulation or downregulation of CD73 expression. In another embodiment, the modification is direct. Inhibitors or antagonists are, for example, compounds that bind, partially or completely block, reduce, prevent, inhibit, delay activation, inactivate, desensitize, or downregulate signaling. Activators or agonists are, for example, compounds that bind, stimulate, increase, open, activate, promote, enhance activation, activate, sensitize, or upregulate signaling.

[0083] As used herein, terms such as “to treat,” “to treat,” “therapy,” and “therapies” mean administering any one or more of the compounds described herein in an amount effective to prevent, alleviate, or improve one or more symptoms of a disease or condition, i.e., an indication, and / or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated.

[0084] As used herein, the terms “prevent,” “prevention,” and “prevention,” and their grammatical variations, refer to methods of partially or completely delaying or eliminating the onset or recurrence of one or more of a disease, disorder, or condition and / or its associated symptoms, or preventing a subject from acquiring or reacquiring a disorder or condition, or reducing the risk that a subject will acquire or require one or more of a disorder or condition or its associated symptoms.

[0085] As used herein, terms such as “subject” and “animal subject” refer to organisms including, but not limited to, humans and non-human vertebrates, any mammal, e.g., humans, other primates, sports animals and commercially important animals, e.g., cattle, horses, sheep or pigs, rodents or pets, e.g., dogs and cats.

[0086] A “unit dosage form” refers to a composition intended for single-dose administration to treat a subject suffering from a disease or condition. Each unit dosage form typically comprises one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients of the compounds of this disclosure. Examples of unit dosage forms include individual tablets, individual capsules, bulk powders, liquids, ointments, creams, eye drops, suppositories, emulsions, or suspensions. Treatment of a disease or condition may require regular administration of unit dosage forms, for example, one unit dosage form twice or more per day, once with each meal, once at 4-hour intervals or other intervals, or once per day. The expression “oral unit dosage form” refers to a unit dosage form designed to be taken orally.

[0087] The term "administer" refers to oral administration, suppository administration, topical contact, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intrafocal, intranasal, or subcutaneous administration to a subject, or implantation of a sustained-release device, such as a mini osmotic pump. Administration is by any route, including parenteral and transmucosal (e.g., buccal, sublingual, palate, gingiva, nose, vagina, rectum, or percutaneous). Parenteral administration includes, for example, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarteriole, intradermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, ventricular, and intracranial administration. Other modes of delivery include, but are not limited to, the use of liposomal formulations, intravenous infusion, and transdermal patches.

[0088] In this context, the terms “therapeutic effective” or “effective dose” indicate that the amount of compound or material administered is sufficient or effective to prevent, alleviate or improve one or more symptoms of the disease, disorder or medical condition being treated, and / or to prolong the survival of the subject being treated. The therapeutic effective dose varies depending on the compound, disease, disorder or condition and its severity, as well as the age and body weight of the mammal being treated. Generally, satisfactory results in a subject are shown to be obtained at a daily dose of about 0.1 to about 10 g / kg body weight of the subject. In some embodiments, the daily dose is in the range of about 0.10 to 10.0 mg / kg body weight, about 1.0 to 3.0 mg / kg body weight, about 3 to 10 mg / kg body weight, about 3 to 150 mg / kg body weight, about 3 to 100 mg / kg body weight, about 10 to 100 mg / kg body weight, about 10 to 150 mg / kg body weight, or about 150 to 1000 mg / kg body weight. The dosage can, if convenient, be administered in divided doses of up to four times a day, or in a sustained-release form.

[0089] The ability of a compound to inhibit the function of CD73 can be demonstrated by biochemical assays, such as binding assays or cell-based assays.

[0090] As used herein, the term “CD73-mediated disease or condition” means a disease or condition in which the biological function of CD73 influences the onset and / or course of the disease or condition, and / or modulation of CD73 alters the onset, course and / or symptoms. CD73-mediated diseases or conditions include diseases or conditions in which CD73 inhibition provides a therapeutic benefit, for example, treatment with CD73 inhibitors containing compounds described herein provides a therapeutic benefit to subjects who have or are at risk of having a disease or condition. CD73-mediated diseases or conditions are intended to include cancers with loss of functional mutations in CD73, or cancers in which CD73 activation is present. CD73-mediated diseases or conditions are also intended to include various human cancers, including those of the colon, lung, pancreas, and ovary, as well as diseases or conditions associated with tumor angiogenesis and invasiveness.

[0091] Furthermore, in the context of compounds that bind to biomolecular targets, the term "higher specificity" indicates that the compound binds to a particular target to a greater extent than one or more other biomolecules that may exist under the relevant binding conditions, and that binding to such other biomolecules results in different biological activity than binding to the particular target. Typically, specificity is based on a limited set of other biomolecules, for example, in the case of CD73. In certain embodiments, higher specificity is at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 50, 100, 200, 400, 500, or 1000-fold higher specificity.

[0092] When used herein in relation to a binding compound or ligand, the term “CD73-specific” and similar terms mean that a particular compound binds to CD73 to a statistically greater extent than other targets that may be present in a particular sample. Furthermore, when other biological activities are exhibited, the term “CD73-specific” indicates that a particular compound has a greater biological effect associated with CD73 binding than with other enzymes, such as enzyme activity inhibition.

[0093] The term "first-line cancer treatment" refers to the therapy administered to a target as an initial regimen to reduce the number of cancer cells. First-line therapy is also called induction therapy, primary therapy, or first-line treatment. First-line therapy can be administered in combination with one or more drugs. A summary of currently accepted approaches to first-line treatment for specific diseases can be found in NCI guidelines for such diseases.

[0094] The term “second-line cancer treatment” refers to cancer treatment administered to patients who have not responded to first-line treatment, i.e., those who have often received first-line treatment or whose cancer has recurred after remission. In certain embodiments, possible second-line treatments include repetition of an earlier, successful cancer treatment, which may be any of the treatments described under “first-line cancer treatment.” A summary of currently accepted approaches to second-line treatment for specific diseases is provided in the NCI guidelines for such diseases.

[0095] The term "refractory" refers to a subject that does not respond to or is resistant to cancer treatment or therapy. Cancer treatment may be first-line, second-line, or any subsequent treatment. In certain embodiments, refractory refers to a condition in which a subject cannot achieve complete remission after two induction attempts. A subject may be refractory due to the intrinsic resistance of cancer cells to a particular treatment, or a subject may be refractory due to acquired resistance that develops during the course of a particular treatment.

[0096] Furthermore, the abbreviations used in this specification have the following meanings: [Table 1-1] [Table 1-2]

[0097] II. Compounds The compounds described herein are described by reference to both their general formulas and specific compounds. Furthermore, all compounds described herein may exist in several different forms or derivatives within the scope of this disclosure. These include, for example, tautomers, stereoisomers, racemic mixtures, positional isomers, salts, prodrugs (e.g., carboxylic acid esters), solvated forms, and active metabolites.

[0098] It is understood that some compounds may exhibit tautomerism. In such cases, the formulas provided herein expressly represent only one of the possible tautomer forms. Therefore, it should be understood that the formulas provided herein are intended to represent any tautomer form of the compound shown and are not limited to the specific tautomer form shown by the diagram of the formula.

[0099] Similarly, some of the compounds disclosed herein may exist as stereoisomers as defined herein. All such single stereoisomers, racemates, and mixtures thereof are intended to be within the scope of this disclosure. Unless otherwise specified, all such stereoisomeric forms are included in the formulas provided herein.

[0100] In some embodiments, the chiral compounds of the present disclosure are in forms comprising at least 80% single isomer (60% enantiomer excess ("ee") or diastereomer excess ("de")), or at least 85% (70%ee or de), 90% (80%ee or de), 95% (90%ee or de), 97.5% (95%ee or de), or 99% (98%ee or de). As is generally understood by those skilled in the art, an optically pure compound having one chiral center is a compound that essentially consists of one of two possible enantiomers (i.e., enantiomerically pure), and an optically pure compound having two or more chiral centers is a compound that is diastereomerically pure and enantiomerically pure. In some embodiments, the compounds exist in an optically pure form.

[0101] For compounds whose synthesis involves the addition of a single group to a double bond, particularly a carbon-carbon double bond, the addition can occur at any of the atoms linked by the double bond. For such compounds, this disclosure includes both of such positional isomers.

[0102] In addition to the formulas and compounds described herein, the disclosure also includes prodrugs (generally pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs), active metabolic derivatives (active metabolites), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

[0103] Unless otherwise specified, the specifications of compounds herein include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, or deuterated analogs of such compounds.

[0104] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure form complexes with base addition salts such as ammonium, diethylamine, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, diethanolamine, t-butylamine, piperazine, and meglumine; acids or bases including acid addition salts such as acetate, acetylsalicylate, besylate, cansylate, citrate, formate, fumarate, glutarate, hydrochloride, maleate, mesylate, nitrate, oxalate, phosphate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, and tosylate; and amino acids such as alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine, or valine. In some cases, the amorphous form of the complex is promoted by mechanochemical methods such as spray drying of the parent compound mixed with an acid or base, roller compression, or additional treatment such as microwave irradiation. Such methods may also include the addition of ionic and / or nonionic polymer systems, including but not limited to hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS) and methacrylic acid copolymer (e.g., Eudragit® L100-55), to further stabilize the amorphous nature of the complex. Such amorphous complexes offer several advantages. For example, the reduced melting temperature relative to free bases facilitates additional processing, such as hot-melt extrusion, to further improve the biopharmaceutical properties of the compound. Also, amorphous complexes are easily crushable, which improves compression for filling the solid into capsule or tablet form.

[0105] Embodiments of the compound Embodiment 1 of this disclosure is a compound having formula I, [ka] Or relating to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof, in the formula, A is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring or a 4-7 membered nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl group, and A has 0-3 R 4 It is substituted with, however, if ring A is a 4-7 member nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, the pyridadinone portion of formula I is bonded to the nitrogen atom of A. E is phenyl or a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, and E has 0-3 Q and 0-1 R 11 It is substituted with, however, if E is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E. L is nonexistent, -C(O)N(H)-, C0~C3 alkylene, -N(H)- or -O-, G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 Cycloalkyl substituted with (b) 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 Cycloalkenyl substituted with, (c) 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 A bridged carbon ring substituted with (d) A carbocyclic spiro ring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 A carbocyclic spiro ring that is substituted with (e) A heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 3 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 A heterocyclic spiro ring that is substituted with (f) 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 Phenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 4 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 Heterocycloalkyl substituted with, (h) 0 to 4 T 5and 0 to 1 T 6 Heterocycloalkenyl substituted with, (i) 0 to 4 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 A bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (j) 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 Heteroaryl substituted with, It is one of them, Each Q is independently a halogen, CN, or an alkyl which may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogens. Each T 1 These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R b Alkenyls that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R b Alkynyl, CN, cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R, which may be substituted. b An alkoxyl which may be substituted with, or 1 to 3 R b It is an alkoxyalkyl which may be substituted with T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R 9, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 , -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 , -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)R 10 , -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)H, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 , 1 to 4 Z 3 -substituted (CH2) 0~3 cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z 5 -substituted (CH2) 0~3 -phenyl, or 1 to 3 Z 5 -substituted (CH2) 0~3 heteroaryl, T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 , -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R 9 , -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 , -(CH2) 0~3 -cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -cycloalkenyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -heterocycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted with 4-chloropyridazin-3-one-5-yl -O-heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH2) 0~3 -bridged carbocycle, -(CH2) 0~3 -cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -cycloalkenyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -heterocycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~3 -heterocycloalkenyl, or -(CH2) 0~3 -bridged carbocycle are each optionally substituted with 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 and is optionally substituted, provided that T 3If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 3 It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~3 C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 , or N(R a )2, Each T 5 These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R b Alkenyls that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R b Alkynyl, CN, cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R, which may be substituted. b An alkoxyl which may be substituted with, or 1 to 3 R b It is an alkoxyalkyl which may be substituted with, however, T 5 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 5 These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1-3 Rs. b It cannot be an alkoxy that is substituted with, T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9)SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)R 10 ,-(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 Heterocycloalkyl, 1-3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 Heteroaryl, or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is T 6 It cannot bond to the nitrogen atom or oxygen atom, R a is H or alkyl, R b is a halogen, CN, CF3, or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R b It may also be CF3, R 1 It consists of H, alkoxyalkyl, and 0-4 Z 2 Alkenyls substituted with, or 0 to 4 Z 2 These are C2-C6 alkyl groups substituted with R 2 is H, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxyl, haloalkyl, CF3 or CN, R 3 is H, halogen, alkyl, CN or haloalkyl, Each R 4 These are independently halogens, CN, or alkyl groups which may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogens. R 7 This is 1 to 4 Z 4 Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 4 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C3 alkyl-heteroaryl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 Z 5 It is a C0-C3 alkyl-heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with R 8 H, 1 to 4 Z 4 Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 4 Z 4 Alkenyls that may be replaced by 1 to 4 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 -C0~C3 alkyl-heteroaryl, 1~3 Z 5 -C0~C3 alkyl-heterocycloalkyl, or 0~5 T 1 It is a bridged carbon ring substituted with, Each R 9 These are independently H or 1 to 4 Z 4 It is an alkyl which may be substituted with R 10 This is 0 to 4 Z 4 Alkyl substituted with, 1 to 4 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3-C0~C3 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C3 alkyl-heteroaryl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 Z 5 It is a C0-C3 alkyl-heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with R 11 It is NH2, Z 1 is cyanoalkyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 However, Z 1 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 1 is C(O)OR 9 Instead, each Z 2 Each is independently a hydroxyl, halogen, NH2, or CN, provided that there is one or fewer Z 2 This may also be NH2. each Z 3 These are independently alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyl, alkoxyalkyl, or CN. each Z 4 These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, alkoxyl, or CN, each Z 5 The elements are independently alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, halogen, alkoxyl, alkoxyalkyl, CN, or cyanoalkyl, provided that Z 5 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 5 It is not a halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, or CN.

[0106] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 1 Embodiment 1(a) relates to Embodiment 1, wherein A is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring, and A is 0-3 R 4 It has been replaced with.

[0107] Embodiment 1(b) relates to Embodiment 1, wherein A is a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocycloalkyl, and the pyridadinone portion of formula I is bonded to the nitrogen atom of A.

[0108] Embodiment 1(c) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), or 1(b), wherein E is equal to 0 to 3 Qs and 0 to 1 R 11 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0109] Embodiment 1(d) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), or 1(b), wherein E is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, and E is composed of 0 to 3 Qs and 0 to 1 R. 11 It is substituted with, however, O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E.

[0110] Embodiment 1(e) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 1(d), wherein L does not exist in the formula.

[0111] Embodiment 1(f) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 1(d), wherein L is -C(O)N(H)-.

[0112] Embodiment 1(g) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 1(d), wherein L is a C0-C3 alkylene.

[0113] Embodiment 1(h) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 1(d), where L is -N(H)-.

[0114] Embodiment 1(i) relates to any one of Embodiments 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 1(d), where L is -O-.

[0115] Embodiment 1(j) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0116] Embodiment 1(k) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a cycloalkenyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0117] Embodiment 1(l) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a bridged carbon ring substituted with [a specific compound].

[0118] Embodiment 1(m) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), wherein G is a carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and wherein the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0 to 4 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0119] Embodiment 1(n) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), wherein G is a heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon, and wherein the heterocyclic spiro ring comprises 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0120] Embodiment 1(o) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0121] Embodiment 1(p) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a heterocycloalkyl substituted with [a specific compound].

[0122] Embodiment 1(q) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a heterocycloalkenyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0123] Embodiment 1(r) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 4 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a bridged heterocycle substituted with .

[0124] Embodiment 1(s) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where G is 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is a heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0125] Embodiment 1(t) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0126] Embodiment 1(u) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0127] Embodiment 1(v) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0128] Embodiment 1(w) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0129] Embodiment 1(x) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 It is, it does.

[0130] Embodiment 1(y) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9)C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0131] Embodiment 1(z) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0132] Embodiment 1(aa) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0133] Embodiment 1(ab) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0134] Embodiment 1(ac) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0135] Embodiment 1(ad) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3It is -C(O)H.

[0136] Embodiment 1(ae) ​​relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0137] Embodiment 1(af) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 It is a cycloalkyl group.

[0138] Embodiment 1(ag) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -It is phenyl.

[0139] Embodiment 1(ah) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -It is phenyl.

[0140] Embodiment 1(ai) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), or 1(m), where T 2This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 It is a heteroaryl compound.

[0141] Embodiment 1(aj) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0142] Embodiment 1(ak) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 3 is -N(R 8 )R 9 It cannot be that way.

[0143] Embodiment 1(al) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0144] Embodiment 1(am) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -It is a cycloalkyl group.

[0145] Embodiment 1(an) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 - is heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 3 It cannot bond to the nitrogen or oxygen atom.

[0146] Embodiment 1(ao) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 is an -O-heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, wherein the -O-heterocycloalkyl is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0147] Embodiment 1(ap) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(s), where T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -It is a cross-linked carbon ring.

[0148] Embodiment 1(aq) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), or 1(i), where T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~3 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0149] Embodiment 1(ar) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(o), where T 4is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0150] Embodiment 1(as) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(o), where T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0151] Embodiment 1(at) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(o), where T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0152] Embodiment 1(au) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(o), where T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0153] Embodiment 1(av) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), or 1(o), where T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0154] Embodiment 1(aw) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2-R7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 It cannot be that way.

[0155] Embodiment 1(ax) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0156] Embodiment 1(ay) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0157] Embodiment 1(az) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 It cannot be that way.

[0158] Embodiment 1(ba) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 It cannot be that way.

[0159] Embodiment 1(bb) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 It cannot be that way.

[0160] Embodiment 1(bc) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 It cannot be that way.

[0161] Embodiment 1(bd) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 8 )R9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 8 )R 9 It cannot be that way.

[0162] Embodiment 1(be) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0163] Embodiment 1(bf) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0164] Embodiment 1(bg) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0165] Embodiment 1(bh) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~3 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 6 is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10It cannot be that way.

[0166] Embodiment 1(bi) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0167] Embodiment 1(bj) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 It is a cycloalkyl group.

[0168] Embodiment 1(bk) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 6 It cannot bond to the nitrogen or oxygen atom.

[0169] Embodiment 1(bl) relates to any one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(n), 1(p), 1(q), or 1(r), where T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 It is a heteroaryl compound, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 6 It cannot bond to the nitrogen or oxygen atom.

[0170] Embodiment 1 (bm) is Embodiment 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q), 1(r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v), 1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 1(z), 1(aa), 1(ab), 1(ac), 1(ad), 1(ae), 1(af), 1(ag), 1(ah) With respect to any one term of 1(ai), 1(aj), 1(ak), 1(al), 1(am), 1(an), 1(ao), 1(ap), 1(aq), 1(ar), 1(as), 1(at), 1(au), 1(av), 1(aw), 1(ax), 1(ay), 1(az), 1(ba), 1(bb), 1(bc), 1(bd), 1(be), 1(bf), 1(bg), 1(bh), 1(bi), 1(bj), (bk), or 1(bl), in the formula, R 1 It is hydrogen.

[0171] Embodiment 1(bn) is one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q), 1(r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v), 1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 1(z), 1(aa), 1(ab), 1(ac), 1(ad), 1(ae), 1(af), 1(ag), 1(ah) With respect to any one term of 1(ai), 1(aj), 1(ak), 1(al), 1(am), 1(an), 1(ao), 1(ap), 1(aq), 1(ar), 1(as), 1(at), 1(au), 1(av), 1(aw), 1(ax), 1(ay), 1(az), 1(ba), 1(bb), 1(bc), 1(bd), 1(be), 1(bf), 1(bg), 1(bh), 1(bi), 1(bj), (bk), or 1(bl), in the formula, R 1 These are C2-C6 alkyl groups substituted with 0-4 hydroxyl groups.

[0172] Embodiment 1(bo) is one of Embodiments 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q), 1(r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v), 1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 1(z), 1(aa), 1(ab), 1(ac), 1(ad), 1(ae), 1(af), 1(ag), 1(ah), 1(ai) With respect to any one term of 1(aj), 1(ak), 1(al), 1(am), 1(an), 1(ao), 1(ap), 1(aq), 1(ar), 1(as), 1(at), 1(au), 1(av), 1(aw), 1(ax), 1(ay), 1(az), 1(ba), 1(bb), 1(bc), 1(bd), 1(be), 1(bf), 1(bg), 1(bh), 1(bi), 1(bj), (bk), 1(bl), 1(bm), or 1(bn), in the formula, R 2 It is a halogen.

[0173] Embodiment 1 (bp) is Embodiment 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q ), 1(r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v), 1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 1(z), 1(aa), 1(ab), 1(ac), 1(ad), 1(ae), 1(af), 1(ag), 1(ah), 1(ai) With respect to any one term of 1(aj), 1(ak), 1(al), 1(am), 1(an), 1(ao), 1(ap), 1(aq), 1(ar), 1(as), 1(at), 1(au), 1(av), 1(aw), 1(ax), 1(ay), 1(az), 1(ba), 1(bb), 1(bc), 1(bd), 1(be), 1(bf), 1(bg), 1(bh), 1(bi), 1(bj), (bk), 1(bl), 1(bm), or 1(bn), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0174] Embodiment 1(bq) is Embodiment 1, 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d), 1(e), 1(f), 1(g), 1(h), 1(i), 1(j), 1(k), 1(l), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 1(q), 1 (r), 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 1(v), 1(w), 1(x), 1(y), 1(z), 1(aa), 1(ab), 1(ac), 1(ad), 1(ae), 1(af), 1(ag), 1(ah), 1(ai), 1(aj) With respect to any one term of 1(ak), 1(al), 1(am), 1(an), 1(ao), 1(ap), 1(aq), 1(ar), 1(as), 1(at), 1(au), 1(av), 1(aw), 1(ax), 1(ay), 1(az), 1(ba), 1(bb), 1(bc), 1(bd), 1(be), 1(bf), 1(bg), 1(bh), 1(bi), 1(bj), (bk), 1(bl), 1(bm), 1(bn), 1(bo), or 1(bp), in the formula, R 3 H is H.

[0175] Embodiment 2 of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 1, 1, wherein ring A is azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, imidazole, thiazole, or pyrazolyl.

[0176] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 2 Embodiment 2(a) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is azetidine.

[0177] Embodiment 2(b) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is pyrrolidine.

[0178] Embodiment 2(c) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is piperidine.

[0179] Embodiment 2(d) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is an imidazole.

[0180] Embodiment 2(e) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is a thiazole.

[0181] Embodiment 2(f) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is azetidine.

[0182] Embodiment 2(g) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 2, wherein ring A is pyrazolyl.

[0183] Embodiment 3 of this disclosure is the compound described in Embodiment 1 having formula II, [ka] Or, with respect to its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, or deuterated analogs, in the formula, L is absent, -N(H)-, or -O-, and m is 0 to 2.

[0184] Embodiment 4 of this disclosure is a compound described in Embodiment 1 having formula IIIa or IIIb. [ka] Or relating to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof, in the formula, E is a phenyl or 6-membered heteroaryl, and E is substituted with 0 to 2 Q atoms, provided that if E is a 6-membered heteroaryl, O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E. G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 C3-C6 cycloalkyls substituted with (b) 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with (c) 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 A 5-9 membered bridged carbon ring substituted with (d) A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring comprises 0-3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 A 5-9 membered carbocyclic spiro ring that is substituted with (e) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0-3 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted by (f) 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 Phenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 4-6 member heterocycloalkyls substituted with (h) 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 A 4-6 member heterocycloalkenyl substituted with (i) 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (j) 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 A 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with It is one of them, Each Q is independently a halogen, CN, or a C1-C3 alkyl which may be optionally substituted with 1-3 halogens. Each T 1 These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b C1-C6 alkyl groups, 1-3 R groups, which may be substituted. b C2-C5 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-3 R b C2-C5 alkynyl, CN, C1-C6 cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R b A C1-C6 alkoxyl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 R bA C1-C6 alkoxyC1-C6 alkyl which may be substituted with T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)R 10 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)H, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 , 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 C3-C6 cycloalkyl groups, 1-3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 - Phenyl, or 1-3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5 to 6 member heteroaryl T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C3~C6 cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, -O-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, or -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring, -(CH2) 0~2 -C3~C6 cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH2) 0~2 -5 to 9 member bridged carbon rings each have 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced with, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 3 It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 , or N(R a )2, Each T 5 These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b C1-C6 alkyl groups, 1-3 R groups, which may be substituted. b C2-C6 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-3 Rb C2-C6 alkynyl, CN, C1-C6 cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R b A C1-C6 alkoxyl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 R b A C1-C6 alkoxy C1-C6 alkyl which may be substituted with T 5 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 5 These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1-3 Rs. b It cannot be a C1-C6 alkoxyl that is substituted with, T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)R 10 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2)0~2 -C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group, 1-3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -5-6 member heteroaryl, or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 6 It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, R a is H or C1-C6 alkyl, R b is a halogen, CN, CF3, or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R b It may also be CF3, Each R 1 These are hydrogen, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkyl, and 1-4 Z 2 C2-C6 alkenyls substituted with, or 1-4 Z 2 These are C2-C6 alkyl groups substituted with R 2 These are H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkoxyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, CF3, or CN. R 3 These are H, halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, CN, or C1-C6 haloalkyl. Each R 4 These are independently halogens, CN, or C1-C3 alkyl groups which may be substituted with 1-3 halogens. R 7 This is 1 to 4 Z 4 C1-C6 alkyl groups, 1-4 Z groups, which may be substituted. 3 -C0~C2 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 -C0~C2 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C2 alkyl-5-6 member heteroaryl, or 1-3 Z, which may be substituted. 5A C0-C2 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with R 8 H, 1 to 4 Z 4 C1-C6 alkyl groups, 1-4 Z groups, which may be substituted. 4 C2-C6 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-4 Z 3 -C0~C2 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 -C0~C2 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 -C0~C2 alkyl-5~6 member heteroaryl, which may be substituted with 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C2 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group may be substituted with 0-4 T 1 It is a 5-9 member bridged carbon ring that is substituted with Each R 9 These are independently H or 1 to 4 Z 4 A C1-C6 alkyl group which may be substituted with R 10 This is 0 to 4 Z 4 C1-C6 alkyl groups substituted with 1-4 Z 3 -C0~C2 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 -C0~C2 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C2 alkyl-5-6 member heteroaryl, or 1-3 Z, which may be substituted. 5 A C0-C2 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with R 11 It is NH2, Z 1 C1-C6 cyanoalkyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 However, Z 1 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 1 It is not -C(O)OR, each Z 2 These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, and CN, each Z 3 These are independently C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxyl, or CN. each Z 4 These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, C1-C6 alkoxyl, or CN. each Z 5 These are independently C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, halogen, C1-C6 alkoxyl, CN, or C1-C6 cyanoalkyl, provided that Z 5 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 5 It is not a halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C6 alkoxyl, or CN.

[0185] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 4 Embodiment 4(a) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4 having formula IIIa, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof.

[0186] Embodiment 4(b) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4 having formula IIIb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer or deuterated analog thereof.

[0187] Embodiment 4(c) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0188] Embodiment 4(d) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with [the specified compound].

[0189] Embodiment 4(e) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that has been substituted.

[0190] Embodiment 4(f) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a) or 4(b), wherein G is a 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and wherein the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0-3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0191] Embodiment 4(g) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a) or 4(b), wherein G is a 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiroring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, the two cyclic groups being bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the heterocyclic spiroring having 0-3 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0192] Embodiment 4(h) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0193] Embodiment 4(i) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0194] Embodiment 4(j) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 These are 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyls that have been substituted with [the specified compound].

[0195] Embodiment 4(k) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with [a specific component].

[0196] Embodiment 4(l) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 4, 4(a), or 4(b), wherein G is 0 to 3 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is a 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0197] Embodiment 4(m) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0198] Embodiment 4(n) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0199] Embodiment 4(o) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0200] Embodiment 4(p) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0201] Embodiment 4(q) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0202] Embodiment 4(r) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0203] Embodiment 4(s) of this disclosure relates to the compounds described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0204] Embodiment 4(t) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0205] Embodiment 4(u) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0206] Embodiment 4(v) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0207] Embodiment 4(w) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0208] Embodiment 4(x) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 It is -C(O)H.

[0209] Embodiment 4(y) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0210] Embodiment 4(z) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0211] Embodiment 4(aa) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is phenyl.

[0212] Embodiment 4(ab) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), or 4(f), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 6-member heteroaryl compound.

[0213] Embodiment 4(ac) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0214] Embodiment 4(ad) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 It is bonded to the heteroatom of G, and G is N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0215] Embodiment 4(ae) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0216] Embodiment 4(af) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0217] Embodiment 4(ag) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0218] Embodiment 4(ah) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 It is an O-5~6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0219] Embodiment 4(ai) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon ring.

[0220] Embodiment 4(aj) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0221] Embodiment 4(ak) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0222] Embodiment 4(al) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0223] Embodiment 4(am) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0224] Embodiment 4(an) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0225] Embodiment 4(ao) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0226] Embodiment 4(ap) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), or 4(h), wherein T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0227] Embodiment 4(aq) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 I am not using it.

[0228] Embodiment 4(ar) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2-R 7That is the case.

[0229] Embodiment 4(as) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -SO2N(R 8 )R.

[0230] Embodiment 4(at) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0231] Embodiment 4(au) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0232] Embodiment 4(av) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R8 I am not using it.

[0233] Embodiment 4(aw) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 I am not using it.

[0234] Embodiment 4(ax) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0235] Embodiment 4(ay) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0236] Embodiment 4(az) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0237] Embodiment 4(ba) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0238] Embodiment 4(bb) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 I am not using it.

[0239] Embodiment 4(bc) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0240] Embodiment 4(bd) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0241] Embodiment 4(be) of this disclosure relates to the compounds described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group.

[0242] Embodiment 4(bf) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~3 -5-6 member heteroaryl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0243] Embodiment 4(bg) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 4, 4(a), 4(b), 4(g), 4(i), 4(j), or 4(k), wherein T 6 It is 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0244] Embodiment 4(bh) is an embodiment of Embodiments 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g), 4(h), 4(i), 4(j), 4(k), 4(l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p), 4(q), 4(r), 4(s), 4(t), 4(u), 4(v), 4(w), 4(x), 4(y), 4(z), 4(aa), 4(ab), 4(ac), 4(ad), 4(ae), 4(a With respect to any one term of f), 4(ag), 4(ah), 4(ai), 4(aj), 4(ak), 4(al), 4(am), 4(an), 4(ao), 4(ap), 4(aq), 4(ar), 4(as), 4(at), 4(au), 4(av), 4(aw), 4(ax), 4(ay), 4(az), 4(ba), 4(bb), 4(bc), 4(bd), 4(be), 4(bf), or 4(bg), in the formula, R 1 It is hydrogen.

[0245] Embodiment 4(bi) is an embodiment of Embodiments 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g), 4(h), 4(i), 4(j), 4(k), 4(l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p), 4(q), 4(r), 4(s), 4(t), 4(u), 4(v), 4(w), 4(x), 4(y), 4(z), 4(aa), 4(ab), 4(ac), 4(ad), 4(ae), 4(a With respect to any one term of f), 4(ag), 4(ah), 4(ai), 4(aj), 4(ak), 4(al), 4(am), 4(an), 4(ao), 4(ap), 4(aq), 4(ar), 4(as), 4(at), 4(au), 4(av), 4(aw), 4(ax), 4(ay), 4(az), 4(ba), 4(bb), 4(bc), 4(bd), 4(be), 4(bf), or 4(bg), in the formula, R 1 These are C2-C6 alkyl groups substituted with 0-4 hydroxyl groups.

[0246] Embodiment 4(bj) is an embodiment of Embodiments 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g), 4(h), 4(i), 4(j), 4(k), 4(l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p), 4(q), 4(r), 4(s), 4(t), 4(u), 4(v), 4(w), 4(x), 4(y), 4(z), 4(aa), 4(ab), 4(ac), 4(ad), 4(ae), 4(a With respect to any one term of f), 4(ag), 4(ah), 4(ai), 4(aj), 4(ak), 4(al), 4(am), 4(an), 4(ao), 4(ap), 4(aq), 4(ar), 4(as), 4(at), 4(au), 4(av), 4(aw), 4(ax), 4(ay), 4(az), 4(ba), 4(bb), 4(bc), 4(bd), 4(be), 4(bf), or 4(bg), in the formula, R 2 It is a halogen.

[0247] Embodiment 4(bk) is an embodiment of Embodiments 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g), 4(h), 4(i), 4(j), 4(k), 4(l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p), 4(q), 4(r), 4(s), 4(t), 4(u), 4(v), 4(w), 4(x), 4(y), 4(z), 4(aa), 4(ab), 4(ac), 4(ad), 4(ae), 4(a With respect to any one term of f), 4(ag), 4(ah), 4(ai), 4(aj), 4(ak), 4(al), 4(am), 4(an), 4(ao), 4(ap), 4(aq), 4(ar), 4(as), 4(at), 4(au), 4(av), 4(aw), 4(ax), 4(ay), 4(az), 4(ba), 4(bb), 4(bc), 4(bd), 4(be), 4(bf), or 4(bg), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0248] Embodiment 4(bl) is an embodiment of Embodiments 14, 4(a), 4(b), 4(c), 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g), 4(h), 4(i), 4(j), 4(k), 4(l), 4(m), 4(n), 4(o), 4(p), 4(q), 4(r), 4(s), 4(t), 4(u), 4(v), 4(w), 4(x), 4(y), 4(z), 4(aa), 4(ab), 4(ac), 4(ad), 4(ae), 4( With respect to any one term of af), 4(ag), 4(ah), 4(ai), 4(aj), 4(ak), 4(al), 4(am), 4(an), 4(ao), 4(ap), 4(aq), 4(ar), 4(as), 4(at), 4(au), 4(av), 4(aw), 4(ax), 4(ay), 4(az), 4(ba), 4(bb), 4(bc), 4(bd), 4(be), 4(bf), or 4(bg), in the formula, R 3 H is H.

[0249] Embodiment 5 of this disclosure relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 4, In the formula, E is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl, and E is substituted with 0 to 1 Q, provided that if E is a 6-membered heteroaryl, O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E. G is based on the following: (a) C3-C6 cycloalkyl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 ; (b) C3-C6 cycloalkenyl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 ; (c) 5- to 9-membered bridged carbocyclic ring substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 ; (d) A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring containing two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spiro carbon atom, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring is substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 ; (e) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring containing two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spiro carbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring is substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 ; (f) Phenyl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 ; (g) 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 ; (h) 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 ; (i) A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with 0 to 2 Ts, or 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 ; (j) 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 2 Ts 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 ; wherein each Q is independently halogen, CN, or C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogens, and each T 1These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b C1-C4 alkyl, which may be substituted with, 1-3 R b C2-C4 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-3 R b C2-C4 alkynyl, CN, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R b A C1-C4 alkoxyl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 R b A C1-C4 alkoxyC1-C4 alkyl which may be substituted with T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)H, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 , 1 to 3 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2)0~2 C3-C6 cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Zs 5 which may be substituted by -(CH2) 0~1 -phenyl, or 1 to 3 Zs 5 which may be substituted by -(CH2) 0~1 -5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, T 3 is -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 、-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 、-(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 、-(CH2) 0~2 -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted by 4-chloropyridazin-3-one-5-yl -O-5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH2) 0~2 -5- to 9-membered bridged carbocycle, -(CH2) 0~2 -C3-C6 cycloalkyl, -(CH2) 0~1 -5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH2) 0~2 -5- to 9-membered bridged carbocycle may each be substituted by 1 to 3 Zs 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 and may be substituted, provided that when 3 T is bonded to the heteroatom of G, G cannot be bonded to the oxygen atom or nitrogen atom of T 3 、 T 4 is -(CH2) 0~1 C(O)OR 9 、-(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 、-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 、-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 、-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 、-(CH2) 0~1-N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 , or N(R a )2, Each T 5 These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1-3 R atoms. b C1-C4 alkyl, which may be substituted with, 1-3 R b C2-C4 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-3 R b C2-C4 alkynyl, CN, C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, 1-3 R b A C1-C4 alkoxyl that may be substituted with, or 1-3 R b A C1-C4 alkoxy C1-C4 alkyl which may be substituted with T 5 If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T 5 These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1-3 Rs. b It cannot be a C1-C4 alkoxyl that may be substituted with, T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R8 )R 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group, 1-3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heteroaryl, or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is T 6 It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, R a is H or C1-C4 alkyl, R b is F, Cl, CN, CF3, or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R b It may also be CF3, R 1 H, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkyl, 1-3 Z 2 C2-C4 alkenyls substituted with, or 1-3 Z 2 These are C2-C4 alkyl groups substituted with R 2 These are H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl, C1-C4 alkoxyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, CF3, or CN. R 3 These are H, halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, CN, or C1-C4 haloalkyl. Each R 4 These are independently halogens, CN, or C1-C4 alkyl groups which may be substituted with 1-3 halogens. R 7 This is 1 to 3 Z4 C1-C4 alkyl groups, 1-3 Z groups, which may be substituted. 3 -C0~C3 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~3 Z 3 -C0~C3 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C1 alkyl-5-6 member heteroaryl, or 1-3 Z, which may be substituted. 5 A C0-C1 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with R 8 H, 1 to 3 Z 4 C1-C4 alkyl groups, 1-3 Z groups, which may be substituted. 4 C2-C4 alkenyls that may be substituted with 1-3 Z 3 -C0~C1 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~3 Z 3 -C0~C1 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 -C0~C1 alkyl-5~6 member heteroaryl, which may be substituted with 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C1 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group may be substituted with 0-3 T 1 It is a 5-9 member bridged carbon ring that is substituted with Each R 9 These are independently H, or 1 to 3 Z 4 A C1-C4 alkyl group which may be substituted with R 10 This is 0 to 3 Z 4 C1-C4 alkyl groups substituted with 1-3 Z 3 -C0~C1 alkyl-C3~C6 cycloalkyl, 1~3 Z 3 -C0~C1 alkylphenyl, 1~3 Z 5 A C0-C1 alkyl-5-6 member heteroaryl, or 1-3 Z, which may be substituted. 5 A C0-C1 alkyl-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with Z 1C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 ,-(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 However, Z 1 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 1 is -C(O)OR 9 Instead, each Z 2 These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, or CN, each Z 3 These are independently C1-C4 alkyl, halogen, C1-C4 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C4 alkoxyl, or CN. each Z 4 These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, C1-C4 alkoxyl, or CN. each Z 5 These are independently C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C4 hydroxyalkyl, halogen, C1-C4 alkoxyl, CN, or C1-C4 cyanoalkyl, provided that Z 5 If Z is bonded to a heteroatom, 5 It is not a halogen, hydroxyl, C1-C4 alkoxyl, or CN.

[0250] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 5 Embodiment 5(a) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 5, wherein E is a phenyl compound substituted with 0 to 1 Q.

[0251] Embodiment 5(b) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 5, wherein E is a six-membered heteroaryl substituted with 0 to 1 Q, and O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E.

[0252] Embodiment 5(c) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0253] Embodiment 5(d) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with [the specified compound].

[0254] Embodiment 5(e) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that has been substituted.

[0255] Embodiment 5(f) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is a 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0-2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0256] Embodiment 5(g) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a) or 5(b), wherein G is a 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiroring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, the two cyclic groups being bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the heterocyclic spiroring comprises 0-2 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0257] Embodiment 5(h) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), where G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0258] Embodiment 5(i) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), where G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0259] Embodiment 5(j) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 These are 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyls that have been substituted with [the specified compound].

[0260] Embodiment 5(k) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), where G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with [a specific component].

[0261] Embodiment 5(l) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiments 5, 5(a), or 5(b), wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is a 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0262] Embodiment 5(m) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0263] Embodiment 5(n) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0264] Embodiment 5(o) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0265] Embodiment 5(p) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0266] Embodiment 5(q) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0267] Embodiment 5(r) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0268] Embodiment 5(s) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0269] Embodiment 5(t) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0270] Embodiment 5(u) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0271] Embodiment 5(v) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0272] Embodiment 5(w) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0273] Embodiment 5(x) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 It is -C(O)H.

[0274] Embodiment 5(y) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0275] Embodiment 5(z) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0276] Embodiment 5(aa) of the present disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is phenyl.

[0277] Embodiment 5(ab) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), or 5(f), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 It is a -5 to 6-member heteroaryl compound.

[0278] Embodiment 5(ac) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0279] Embodiment 5(ad) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0280] Embodiment 5(ae) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0281] Embodiment 5(af) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0282] Embodiment 5(ag) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group.

[0283] Embodiment 5(ah) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 It is an O-5~6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0284] Embodiment 5(ai) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(l), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon ring.

[0285] Embodiment 5(aj) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0286] Embodiment 5(ak) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0287] Embodiment 5(al) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 ) It is SO2-R.

[0288] Embodiment 5(am) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0289] Embodiment 5(an) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0290] Embodiment 5(ao) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0291] Embodiment 5(ap) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), or 5(h), wherein T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0292] Embodiment 5(aq) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 I am not using it.

[0293] Embodiment 5(ar) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0294] Embodiment 5(as) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0295] Embodiment 5(at) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0296] Embodiment 5(au) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0297] Embodiment 5(av) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 I am not using it.

[0298] Embodiment 5(aw) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 I am not using it.

[0299] Embodiment 5(ax) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0300] Embodiment 5(ay) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0301] Embodiment 5(az) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0302] Embodiment 5(ba) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0303] Embodiment 5(bb) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 I am not using it.

[0304] Embodiment 5(bc) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0305] Embodiment 5(bd) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0306] Embodiment 5(be) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0307] Embodiment 5(bf) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 5(a), 5(b), 5(g), 5(i), 5(j), or 5(k), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heteroaryl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0308] Embodiment 5(bg) is an embodiment of Embodiments 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j), 5(k), 5(l), 5(m), 5(n), 5(o), 5(p), 5(q), 5(r), 5(s), 5(t), 5(u), 5(v), 5(w), 5(x), 5(y), 5(z), 5(aa), 5(ab), 5(ac), 5(ad), 5(ae), With respect to any one term of 5(af), 5(ag), 5(ah), 5(ai), 5(aj), 5(ak), 5(al), 5(am), 5(an), 5(ao), 5(ap), 5(aq), 5(ar), 5(as), 5(at), 5(au), 5(av), 5(aw), 5(ax), 5(ay), 5(az), 5(ba), 5(bb), 5(bc), 5(bd), 5(be), or 5(bf), in the formula, R 1 It is hydrogen.

[0309] Embodiment 5(bh) is an embodiment of Embodiments 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j), 5(k), 5(l), 5(m), 5(n), 5(o), 5(p), 5(q), 5(r), 5(s), 5(t), 5(u), 5(v), 5(w), 5(x), 5(y), 5(z), 5(aa), 5(ab), 5(ac), 5(ad), 5(ae), With respect to any one term of 5(af), 5(ag), 5(ah), 5(ai), 5(aj), 5(ak), 5(al), 5(am), 5(an), 5(ao), 5(ap), 5(aq), 5(ar), 5(as), 5(at), 5(au), 5(av), 5(aw), 5(ax), 5(ay), 5(az), 5(ba), 5(bb), 5(bc), 5(bd), 5(be), or 5(bf), in the formula, R 1 These are C2-C4 alkyl groups substituted with 0-4 hydroxyl groups.

[0310] Embodiment 5(bi) is an embodiment of Embodiments 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j), 5(k), 5(l), 5(m), 5(n), 5(o), 5(p), 5(q), 5(r), 5(s), 5(t), 5(u), 5(v), 5(w), 5(x), 5(y), 5(z), 5(aa), 5(ab), 5(ac), 5(ad), 5(ae), With respect to any one term of 5(af), 5(ag), 5(ah), 5(ai), 5(aj), 5(ak), 5(al), 5(am), 5(an), 5(ao), 5(ap), 5(aq), 5(ar), 5(as), 5(at), 5(au), 5(av), 5(aw), 5(ax), 5(ay), 5(az), 5(ba), 5(bb), 5(bc), 5(bd), 5(be), or 5(bf), in the formula, R 2 It is a halogen.

[0311] Embodiment 5(bj) is an embodiment of Embodiments 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j), 5(k), 5(l), 5(m), 5(n), 5(o), 5(p), 5(q), 5(r), 5(s), 5(t), 5(u), 5(v), 5(w), 5(x), 5(y), 5(z), 5(aa), 5(ab), 5(ac), 5(ad), 5(ae), With respect to any one term of 5(af), 5(ag), 5(ah), 5(ai), 5(aj), 5(ak), 5(al), 5(am), 5(an), 5(ao), 5(ap), 5(aq), 5(ar), 5(as), 5(at), 5(au), 5(av), 5(aw), 5(ax), 5(ay), 5(az), 5(ba), 5(bb), 5(bc), 5(bd), 5(be), or 5(bf), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0312] Embodiment 5(bk) is an embodiment of Embodiments 5(a), 5(b), 5(c), 5(d), 5(e), 5(f), 5(g), 5(h), 5(i), 5(j), 5(k), 5(l), 5(m), 5(n), 5(o), 5(p), 5(q), 5(r), 5(s), 5(t), 5(u), 5(v), 5(w), 5(x), 5(y), 5(z), 5(aa), 5(ab), 5(ac), 5(ad), 5(ae), With respect to any one term of 5(af), 5(ag), 5(ah), 5(ai), 5(aj), 5(ak), 5(al), 5(am), 5(an), 5(ao), 5(ap), 5(aq), 5(ar), 5(as), 5(at), 5(au), 5(av), 5(aw), 5(ax), 5(ay), 5(az), 5(ba), 5(bb), 5(bc), 5(bd), 5(be), or 5(bf), in the formula, R 3 H is H.

[0313] Embodiment 6 of this embodiment relates to a compound described in any one of the above-described embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, wherein R 1 It is hydrogen.

[0314] Embodiment 7 of this embodiment relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, wherein R 1These are C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkyl, and 1-3 Z 2 C2-C4 alkenyls substituted with, or 1-3 Z 2 These are C2-C4 alkyl groups substituted with [a specific compound].

[0315] Embodiment 8 of this disclosure relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, wherein the formula is: R 1 These are -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH(OH)CH2OH, or -CH2CH(CH3)OH. R 2 is Cl, Br, CF3, or CN, E is pyridyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl.

[0316] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 8 Embodiment 8(a) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 8, wherein R 1 It is -CH2CH2OH, and R 2 is Cl, and E is pyridyl.

[0317] Embodiment 8(b) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 8, wherein R 1 It is -CH2CH2CH2O, and R 2 is Cl, and E is pyridyl.

[0318] Embodiment 8(c) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 8, wherein R 1 It is -CH2CH(OH)CH2OH, and R 2 is Cl, and E is pyridyl.

[0319] Embodiment 8(d) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 8, wherein R 1 It is -CH2CH(CH3)OH, and R 2 is Cl, and E is pyridyl.

[0320] Embodiment 9 of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 8, wherein R 2 It is Cl.

[0321] Embodiment 10 of this disclosure relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, wherein the formula is: R 1 H is, R 2 is Cl, Br, CF3, or CN, R 4 It is a halogen, E is pyridyl, phenyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl.

[0322] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 10 Embodiment 10(a) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 10, wherein E is pyridyl.

[0323] Embodiment 11 of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 10, wherein R 2 It is Cl.

[0324] Embodiment 12 of this disclosure relates to a compound according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, having one of the following formulas. [ka]

[0325] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 12 Embodiment 12(a) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0326] Embodiment 12(b) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with [the specified compound].

[0327] Embodiment 12(c) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T2 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that has been substituted.

[0328] Embodiment 12(d) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is a 5- to 9 membered carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0-2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0329] Embodiment 12(e) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is a 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, the two cyclic groups being bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0-2 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0330] Embodiment 12(f) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0331] Embodiment 12(g) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0332] Embodiment 12(h) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 These are 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyls that have been substituted with [the specified compound].

[0333] Embodiment 12(i) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with [a specific component].

[0334] Embodiment 12(j) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 12, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is a 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0335] Embodiment 12(k) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0336] Embodiment 12(l) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0337] Embodiment 12(m) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0338] Embodiment 12(n) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0339] Embodiment 12(o) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0340] Embodiment 12(p) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0341] Embodiment 12(q) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0342] Embodiment 12(r) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0343] Embodiment 12(s) of this disclosure relates to the compounds described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0344] Embodiment 12(t) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0345] Embodiment 12(u) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0346] Embodiment 12(v) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 It is -C(O)H.

[0347] Embodiment 12(w) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0348] Embodiment 12(x) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0349] Embodiment 12(y) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is phenyl.

[0350] Embodiment 12(z) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), or 12(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 It is a -5 to 6-member heteroaryl compound.

[0351] Embodiment 12(aa) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0352] Embodiment 12(ab) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0353] Embodiment 12(ac) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0354] Embodiment 12(ad) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0355] Embodiment 12(ae) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group.

[0356] Embodiment 12(af) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 It is an O-5~6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0357] Embodiment 12(ag) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon ring.

[0358] Embodiment 12(ah) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0359] Embodiment 12(ai) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0360] Embodiment 12(aj) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 ) It is SO2-R.

[0361] Embodiment 12(ak) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0362] Embodiment 12(al) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0363] Embodiment 12(am) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2)0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0364] Embodiment 12(an) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 12 or 12(j), wherein T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0365] Embodiment 12(ao) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 I am not using it.

[0366] Embodiment 12(ap) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0367] Embodiment 12(aq) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0368] Embodiment 12(ar) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0369] Embodiment 12(as) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0370] Embodiment 12(at) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 I am not using it.

[0371] Embodiment 12(au) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 I am not using it.

[0372] Embodiment 12(av) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0373] Embodiment 12(aw) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0374] Embodiment 12(ax) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0375] Embodiment 12(ay) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0376] Embodiment 12(az) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 I am not using it.

[0377] Embodiment 12(ba) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h) or 12(i), wherein T6 The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0378] Embodiment 12(bb) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0379] Embodiment 12(bc) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0380] Embodiment 12(bd) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 12, 12(e), 12(g), 12(h), or 12(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heteroaryl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0381] Embodiment 12(be) is Embodiment 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), 12(d), 12(e), 12(f), 12(g), 12(h), 12(i), 12(j), 12(k), 12(l), 12(m), 12( n), 12(o), 12(p), 12(q), 12(r), 12(s), 12(t), 12(u), 12(v), 12(w), 12(x), 12(y), 12(z), 12(aa), 12(ab), 12(ac), 12(a) d) With respect to any one term of 12(ae), 12(af), 12(ag), 12(ah), 12(ai), 12(aj), 12(ak), 12(al), 12(am), 12(an), 12(ao), 12(ap), 12(aq), 12(ar), 12(as), 12(at), 12(au), 12(av), 12(aw), 12(ax), 12(ay), 12(az), 12(ba), 12(bb), 12(bc), or 12(bd), in the formula, R 1 It is hydrogen.

[0382] Embodiment 12(bf) is an embodiment of Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), 12(d), 12(e), 12(f), 12(g), 12(h), 12(i), 12(j), 12(k), 12(l), 12(m), 12(n), 12(o), 12(p), 12(q), 12(r), 12(s), 12(t), 12(u), 12(v), 12(w), 12(x), 12(y), 12(z), 12(aa), 12(ab), 12(ac), 12(a d) With respect to any one term of 12(ae), 12(af), 12(ag), 12(ah), 12(ai), 12(aj), 12(ak), 12(al), 12(am), 12(an), 12(ao), 12(ap), 12(aq), 12(ar), 12(as), 12(at), 12(au), 12(av), 12(aw), 12(ax), 12(ay), 12(az), 12(ba), 12(bb), 12(bc), or 12(bd), in the formula, R 1 These are C2-C4 alkyl groups substituted with 0-4 hydroxyl groups.

[0383] Embodiment 12(bg) is an embodiment of Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), 12(d), 12(e), 12(f), 12(g), 12(h), 12(i), 12(j), 12(k), 12(l), 12(m), 12(n), 12(o), 12(p), 12(q), 12(r), 12(s), 12(t), 12(u), 12(v), 12(w), 12(x), 12(y), 12(z), 12(aa), 12(ab), 12(ac), 12(a d) With respect to any one term of 12(ae), 12(af), 12(ag), 12(ah), 12(ai), 12(aj), 12(ak), 12(al), 12(am), 12(an), 12(ao), 12(ap), 12(aq), 12(ar), 12(as), 12(at), 12(au), 12(av), 12(aw), 12(ax), 12(ay), 12(az), 12(ba), 12(bb), 12(bc), or 12(bd), in the formula, R 2 It is Cl.

[0384] Embodiment 12(bh) is an embodiment of Embodiments 12, 12(a), 12(b), 12(c), 12(d), 12(e), 12(f), 12(g), 12(h), 12(i), 12(j), 12(k), 12(l), 12(m), 12(n), 12(o), 12(p), 12(q), 12(r), 12(s), 12(t), 12(u), 12(v), 12(w), 12(x), 12(y), 12(z), 12(aa), 12(ab), 12(ac), 12(a d) With respect to any one term of 12(ae), 12(af), 12(ag), 12(ah), 12(ai), 12(aj), 12(ak), 12(al), 12(am), 12(an), 12(ao), 12(ap), 12(aq), 12(ar), 12(as), 12(at), 12(au), 12(av), 12(aw), 12(ax), 12(ay), 12(az), 12(ba), 12(bb), 12(bc), or 12(bd), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0385] Embodiment 13 is a compound according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, having one of the following formulas. [ka] [ka] [ka] [ka] [ka] [ka] [ka] [ka] Or, with respect to its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, in the formula, R 2 These are Cl, Br, CF3, or CN.

[0386] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 13 Embodiment 13(a) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0387] Embodiment 13(b) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with [the specified compound].

[0388] Embodiment 13(c) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that has been substituted.

[0389] Embodiment 13(d) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is a 5- to 9 membered carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0-2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0390] Embodiment 13(e) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is a 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, the two cyclic groups being bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0-2 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0391] Embodiment 13(f) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0392] Embodiment 13(g) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0393] Embodiment 13(h) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 These are 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyls that have been substituted with [the specified compound].

[0394] Embodiment 13(i) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with [a specific component].

[0395] Embodiment 13(j) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 13, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T3 It is a 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0396] Embodiment 13(k) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0397] Embodiment 13(l) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0398] Embodiment 13(m) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0399] Embodiment 13(n) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0400] Embodiment 13(o) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0401] Embodiment 13(p) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0402] Embodiment 13(q) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0403] Embodiment 13(r) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0404] Embodiment 13(s) of this disclosure relates to the compounds described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0405] Embodiment 13(t) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0406] Embodiment 13(u) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0407] Embodiment 13(v) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 It is -C(O)H.

[0408] Embodiment 13(w) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0409] Embodiment 13(x) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0410] Embodiment 13(y) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is phenyl.

[0411] Embodiment 13(z) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), or 13(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 It is a -5 to 6-member heteroaryl compound.

[0412] Embodiment 13(aa) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0413] Embodiment 13(ab) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0414] Embodiment 13(ac) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0415] Embodiment 13(ad) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0416] Embodiment 13(ae) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group.

[0417] Embodiment 13(af) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 It is an O-5~6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0418] Embodiment 13(ag) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon ring.

[0419] Embodiment 13(ah) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0420] Embodiment 13(ai) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0421] Embodiment 13(aj) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 ) It is SO2-R.

[0422] Embodiment 13(ak) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0423] Embodiment 13(al) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0424] Embodiment 13(am) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0425] Embodiment 13(an) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 13 or 13(j), wherein T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0426] Embodiment 13(ao) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 I am not using it.

[0427] Embodiment 13(ap) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h), or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0428] Embodiment 13(aq) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0429] Embodiment 13(ar) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0430] Embodiment 13(as) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0431] Embodiment 13(at) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 I am not using it.

[0432] Embodiment 13(au) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 I am not using it.

[0433] Embodiment 13(av) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1-N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0434] Embodiment 13(aw) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0435] Embodiment 13(ax) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0436] Embodiment 13(ay) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0437] Embodiment 13(az) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 I am not using it.

[0438] Embodiment 13(ba) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0439] Embodiment 13(bb) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h), or 13(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0440] Embodiment 13(bc) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0441] Embodiment 13(bd) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 13, 13(e), 13(g), 13(h) or 13(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heteroaryl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0442] Embodiment 13(be) is Embodiment 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), 13(d), 13(e), 13(f), 13(g), 13(h), 13(i), 13(j), 13(k), 13(l), 13(m), 13( n), 13(o), 13(p), 13(q), 13(r), 13(s), 13(t), 13(u), 13(v), 13(w), 13(x), 13(y), 13(z), 13(aa), 13(ab), 13(ac), 13(a) d) With respect to any one term of 13(ae), 13(af), 13(ag), 13(ah), 13(ai), 13(aj), 13(ak), 13(al), 13(am), 13(an), 13(ao), 13(ap), 13(aq), 13(ar), 13(as), 13(at), 13(au), 13(av), 13(aw), 13(ax), 13(ay), 13(az), 13(ba), 13(bb), 13(bc), or 13(bd), in the formula, R 2 It is Cl.

[0443] Embodiment 13(bf) is an embodiment of Embodiments 13, 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), 13(d), 13(e), 13(f), 13(g), 13(h), 13(i), 13(j), 13(k), 13(l), 13(m), 13(n), 13(o), 13(p), 13(q), 13(r), 13(s), 13(t), 13(u), 13(v), 13(w), 13(x), 13(y), 13(z), 13(aa), 13(ab), 13(ac), 13(a d) With respect to any one term of 13(ae), 13(af), 13(ag), 13(ah), 13(ai), 13(aj), 13(ak), 13(al), 13(am), 13(an), 13(ao), 13(ap), 13(aq), 13(ar), 13(as), 13(at), 13(au), 13(av), 13(aw), 13(ax), 13(ay), 13(az), 13(ba), 13(bb), 13(bc), or 13(bd), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0444] Embodiment 14 is a compound according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, having one of the following formulas. [ka] [ka] Or, with respect to its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, in the formula, R 2 These are Cl, Br, CF3, or CN.

[0445] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 14 Embodiment 14(a) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0446] Embodiment 14(b) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with [the specified compound].

[0447] Embodiment 14(c) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that has been substituted.

[0448] Embodiment 14(d) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is a 5- to 9 membered carbocyclic spiroring comprising two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spirocarbon, and the carbocyclic spiroring comprises 0-2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It has been replaced with.

[0449] Embodiment 14(e) of the present disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is a 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, the two cyclic groups being bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0-2 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 It has been replaced with.

[0450] Embodiment 14(f) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 It is a phenyl compound substituted with [a specific compound].

[0451] Embodiment 14(g) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl group substituted with [a specific compound].

[0452] Embodiment 14(h) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 These are 4- to 6-membered heterocycloalkenyls that have been substituted with [the specified compound].

[0453] Embodiment 14(i) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with [a specific component].

[0454] Embodiment 14(j) of this disclosure relates to Embodiment 14, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is a 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0455] Embodiment 14(k) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0456] Embodiment 14(l) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0457] Embodiment 14(m) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0458] Embodiment 14(n) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0459] Embodiment 14(o) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0460] Embodiment 14(p) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0461] Embodiment 14(q) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0462] Embodiment 14(r) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0463] Embodiment 14(s) of this disclosure relates to the compounds described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0464] Embodiment 14(t) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0465] Embodiment 14(u) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0466] Embodiment 14(v) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 It is -C(O)H.

[0467] Embodiment 14(w) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0468] Embodiment 14(x) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 5, 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2)0~2 It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0469] Embodiment 14(y) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is phenyl.

[0470] Embodiment 14(z) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), or 14(d), wherein T 2 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 It is a -5 to 6-member heteroaryl compound.

[0471] Embodiment 14(aa) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0472] Embodiment 14(ab) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 3 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0473] Embodiment 14(ac) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 is, -(CH2) 0~2 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0474] Embodiment 14(ad) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0475] Embodiment 14(ae) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 3 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, G is not bonded to an oxygen or nitrogen atom of a 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl group.

[0476] Embodiment 14(af) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 It is an O-5~6 member heterocycloalkyl which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl.

[0477] Embodiment 14(ag) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 3 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 and 0 to 1 Z 1 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~2 It is a -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon ring.

[0478] Embodiment 14(ah) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0479] Embodiment 14(ai) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 That is the case.

[0480] Embodiment 14(aj) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 ) It is SO2-R.

[0481] Embodiment 14(ak) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0482] Embodiment 14(al) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0483] Embodiment 14(am) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0484] Embodiment 14(an) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiment 14 or 14(j), wherein T 4 N(R) a )2.

[0485] Embodiment 14(ao) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2-R 7 I am not using it.

[0486] Embodiment 14(ap) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h), or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2-R 7 That is the case.

[0487] Embodiment 14(aq) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h), or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -SO2N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0488] Embodiment 14(ar) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )SO2N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0489] Embodiment 14(as) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0490] Embodiment 14(at) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 8 I am not using it.

[0491] Embodiment 14(au) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)OR 9 I am not using it.

[0492] Embodiment 14(av) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 8 )R 9 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 8 )R 9 I am not using it.

[0493] Embodiment 14(aw) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)-N(R 8 )R 9 That is the case.

[0494] Embodiment 14(ax) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)OR 9 That is the case.

[0495] Embodiment 14(ay) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -C(O)R 10 That is the case.

[0496] Embodiment 14(az) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 is, -(CH2) 0~1 -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 However, T 6 If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is -N(R 9 )C(O)R 10 I am not using it.

[0497] Embodiment 14(ba) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 The equation is -N(H)C(H)C=O, where T 6 It is not bonded to the heteroatom of G.

[0498] Embodiment 14(bb) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h), or 14(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -It is a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group.

[0499] Embodiment 14(bc) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h) or 14(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 4 Z 3 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0500] Embodiment 14(bd) of this disclosure relates to the compound described in Embodiments 14, 14(e), 14(g), 14(h), or 14(i), wherein T 6 This is 1 to 3 Z 5 It may be replaced by -(CH2) 0~1 -5-6 member heteroaryl, however, T 6 If G is bonded to a heteroatom, then G is not bonded to a heteroatom of a 5-6 member heteroaryl group.

[0501] Embodiment 14(be) is Embodiment 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(d), 14(e), 14(f), 14(g), 14(h), 14(i), 14(j), 14(k), 14(l), 14(m), 14( n), 14(o), 14(p), 14(q), 14(r), 14(s), 14(t), 14(u), 14(v), 14(w), 14(x), 14(y), 14(z), 14(aa), 14(ab), 14(ac), 14(a d) With respect to any one term of 14(ae), 14(af), 14(ag), 14(ah), 14(ai), 14(aj), 14(ak), 14(al), 14(am), 14(an), 14(ao), 14(ap), 14(aq), 14(ar), 14(as), 14(at), 14(au), 14(av), 14(aw), 14(ax), 14(ay), 14(az), 14(ba), 14(bb), 14(bc), or 14(bd), in the formula, R 2 It is Cl.

[0502] Embodiment 14(bf) is an embodiment of Embodiments 14, 14(a), 14(b), 14(c), 14(d), 14(e), 14(f), 14(g), 14(h), 14(i), 14(j), 14(k), 14(l), 14(m), 14(n), 14(o), 14(p), 14(q), 14(r), 14(s), 14(t), 14(u), 14(v), 14(w), 14(x), 14(y), 14(z), 14(aa), 14(ab), 14(ac), 14(a d) With respect to any one term of 14(ae), 14(af), 14(ag), 14(ah), 14(ai), 14(aj), 14(ak), 14(al), 14(am), 14(an), 14(ao), 14(ap), 14(aq), 14(ar), 14(as), 14(at), 14(au), 14(av), 14(aw), 14(ax), 14(ay), 14(az), 14(ba), 14(bb), 14(bc), or 14(bd), in the formula, R 2 This is CN.

[0503] Embodiment 15 relates to a compound described in Embodiment 12 having one of formulas IV(a), IV(b), IV(c), IV(d), IV(e), or IV(f), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or to a lower embodiment of any of formulas IV(a), IV(b), IV(c), IV(d), IV(e), or IV(f), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0504] Embodiment 16 uses the formulas V(a), V(b), V(c), V(d), V(e), V(f), V(g), V(h), V(i), V(j), V(k), V(l), V(m ), V(n), V(o), V(p), V(q), V(r), V(s), V(t), V(u), V(v), V(w), V(af), V(ag), V(ah), V( The compound described in Embodiment 13 having one of the following: ai), V(aj), V(ak), V(al), V(am), V(an), V(ao), V(ap), V(aq), V(ar), V(as), V(at), V(au), V(av), V(aw), V(ay), V(az), V(ba), V(bb), or the pharmaceutically equivalent thereof. Acceptable salts or formulas V(a), V(b), V(c), V(d), V(e), V(f), V(g), V(h), V(i), V(j), V(k), V(l), V( m), V(n), V(o), V(p), V(q), V(r), V(s), V(t), V(u), V(v), V(w), V(af), V(ag), V(ah), V This relates to any of the lower embodiments of (ai), V(aj), V(ak), V(al), V(am), V(an), V(ao), V(ap), V(aq), V(ar), V(as), V(at), V(au), V(av), V(aw), V(ay), V(az), V(ba), V(bb), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

[0505] Embodiment 17 relates to a compound described in Embodiment 14 having one of the formulas VI(a), VI(b), VI(c), VI(d), VI(e), VI(f), VI(g), VI(h), VI(i), VI(j), VI(k), VI(l), VI(m), VO(n), VI(o), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or to a subordinate embodiment of any of the formulas VI(a), VI(b), VI(c), VI(d), VI(e), VI(f), VI(g), VI(h), VI(i), VI(j), VI(k), VI(l), VI(m), VO(n), VI(o), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0506] Embodiment 18 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 17, wherein the formula is: G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 C3-C6 cycloalkyls substituted with (b) 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 C3-C6 cycloalkenyls substituted with (c) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0-2 T 5 , 0 to 1 T 6 A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted by (d) 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 4 Phenyl substituted with (e) 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 5-6 member heterocycloalkyls substituted with (f) 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 A 5-6 member heterocycloalkenyl substituted with (g) 0-2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (h) 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 A 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with It is one of them.

[0507] Embodiment 19 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 16, wherein G is each of 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 These are pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, or pyrrolyl, which are substituted with the above.

[0508] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 19 Embodiment 19(a) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T3 It is pyrazolyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0509] Embodiment 19(b) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is isoxazolyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0510] Embodiment 19(c) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 This is an indolyl that has been replaced with [the specified character].

[0511] Embodiment 19(d) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is 1,2,3-triazolyl substituted with

[0512] Embodiment 19(e) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is imidazolyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0513] Embodiment 19(f) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is thiazolyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0514] Embodiment 19(g) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 19, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 3 It is pyrrolyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0515] Embodiment 20 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 16, wherein G is each of 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is 2,5-dihydropyrrolyl or 3,6-dihydropyranyl, substituted with .

[0516] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 20 Embodiment 20(a) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 This is piperazinyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0517] Embodiment 20(b) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a piperidine substituted with [the specified compound].

[0518] Embodiment 20(c) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a pyrrolidine substituted with [a specific compound].

[0519] Embodiment 20(d) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is a tetrahydropyran substituted with [substitute].

[0520] Embodiment 20(e) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 This is morpholinyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0521] Embodiment 20(f) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0522] Embodiment 20(g) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 It is 2,5-dihydropyrrolyl substituted with

[0523] Embodiment 20(h) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 20, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5and 0 to 1 T 6 It is 3,6-dihydropyranyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0524] Embodiment 21 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 16, wherein G is each of 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 (1R,5S)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, (1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, or (1R,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, which are substituted with (1R,5S)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl.

[0525] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 21 Embodiment 21(a) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 21, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 This is (1R,5S)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl substituted with (1R,5S)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl.

[0526] Embodiment 21(b) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 21, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 This is (1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl substituted with (1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl.

[0527] Embodiment 21(c) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 21, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 5 and 0 to 1 T 6 This is (1R,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl substituted with (1R,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl.

[0528] Embodiment 22 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 16, wherein G is each of 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 These are cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexenyl, and cyclopentenyl, which are substituted with these compounds.

[0529] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 22 Embodiment 22(a) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 22, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a cyclohexyl substituted with [a specific compound].

[0530] Embodiment 22(b) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 22, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is a cyclopentyl substituted with [the specified compound].

[0531] Embodiment 22(c) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 22, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is substituted with cyclohexenyl.

[0532] Embodiment 22(d) relates to the compound described in Embodiment 22, wherein G is 0 to 2 T 1 and 0 to 1 T 2 It is substituted with cyclopentenyl.

[0533] Embodiment 23 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 17, wherein T 3 -CH2C(O)N(H)cyclopropyl, -CH2C(O)N(H)CH3, -CH2-COOH, oxetanyl, -(CH2) 0~2 Cyclopropyl, -(CH2) 0~2 Cyclobutyl, -(CH2) 0~2 -Tetrahydropyran, -(CH2) 0~2 -Tetrahydrofuran, -(CH2) 0~2 Azetidinyl, -(CH2) 0~2 Pyrrolidinil, or -(CH2) 0~2 It is morpholinil.

[0534] Embodiment 24 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 17, wherein G is one of the following formulas. [ka] [ka]

[0535] Embodiment 25 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 17, wherein G is one of the following formulas: [ka] [ka] Each T 1a These are independently F, Cl, or CH3. Each T 5a These are independently F, Cl, or CH3.

[0536] Embodiment 26 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is one of the formulas (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h).

[0537] Embodiment 27 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is one of the formulas (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q), (r), (s), (t), (u), (v), (w), (x), (y), (z), (aa), (ab), (ac), or (ad).

[0538] Embodiment 28 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is one of the formulas (ae), (af), (ag), (ah), (ai), (aj), (ak), (al), (am), (an), (ao), (ap), or (aq).

[0539] Embodiment 29 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is either (ar) or (as).

[0540] Embodiment 30 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is either (at) or (au).

[0541] Embodiment 31 relates to the compound described in Embodiment 25, wherein G is one of the formulas (av), (aw), (ax), (ay), or (az).

[0542] Embodiment 32 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 25 or 27, wherein T 6 These are oxetanyl methylene, -C(O)CH2OH, -C(O)OH, -SO2CH3, -C(O)cyclopropyl, -C(O)CH3, -N(H)SO2-cyclopropyl, -N(H)C(O)cyclopropyl, -SO2N(H)CH2CH2CH3, -SO2NH-cyclopropyl, or -SO2CH2CH2CH3.

[0543] Embodiment 33 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 25, 27, or 29, wherein T 5 is F, Cl, CH2Cl, CH2F, CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2C(CH3)2OH, -CH(CH2OH)2, -CH2CH(OH)CF3, CH2CF3, CN, -CH2 CN, -OCH3, -CH2OCH3, -CHF2, -CH2CHF2, -CH2CH(OH)CH2CH2Cl, -CH(CH2OH)CH2Cl, -CH(CH2OH)CH2I or -CH2C(CH3)(CH2OH)CH2Cl.

[0544] Embodiment 34 relates to a compound described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 25, wherein Z 5 These are CH3, F, Cl, CN, -CH2CN, -CH2CH3, or OH.

[0545] Embodiment 35 relates to a compound described in Embodiment 1, selected from Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

[0546] Furthermore, the formulas are intended to encompass both hydrated and solvated, as well as unhydrated and non-solvated, forms of the identified structures. For example, the compounds shown include both hydrated and unhydrated forms. Other examples of solvates include structures combined with suitable solvents such as isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, or ethanolamine.

[0547] III. Formulation and Administration Embodiment 36 of the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound in one embodiment of the present disclosure, for example, a compound in any one of Embodiments 1 to 35, including any of its sub-embodiments, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

[0548] Embodiment 37 of this disclosure relates to the pharmaceutical composition of Embodiment 36, further comprising a second pharmaceutical product.

[0549] The appropriate dosage form depends, in part, on the route of use or administration, e.g., oral, transdermal, transmucosal, inhalation, or injection (parenteral). Such a dosage form should allow the compound to reach the target cells. Other factors, known in the art, include considerations such as toxicity and dosage forms that delay the compound or composition's effect. Techniques and formulations are generally as described in The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21 st This can be found in edition, Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference).

[0550] The compounds of this disclosure (i.e., any of the compounds described in Embodiments 1 to 36, including any of its subordinate embodiments) can be formulated as pharmaceutically acceptable salts.

[0551] The composition can be prepared using a carrier or excipient. The carrier or excipient can be selected to facilitate the administration of the compound. Examples of carriers include various sugars such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, lactose, glucose, or sucrose, or starch, cellulose derivatives, gelatin, vegetable oil, polyethylene glycol, and physiologically compatible solvents. Examples of physiologically compatible solvents include water for injection (WFI), physiological saline, and sterile dextrose solutions.

[0552] The compound can be administered by various routes, including intravenous, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, transmucosal, rectal, transdermal, or inhalation. In some embodiments, the compound can be administered orally. In the case of oral administration, for example, the compound can be formulated into conventional oral dosage forms such as capsules, tablets, and liquid formulations such as syrups, elixirs, and concentrated droplets.

[0553] In the case of inhalation preparations, the compounds of this disclosure can be formulated as a dry powder or as a suitable solution, suspension, or aerosol. The powders and solutions can be formulated using suitable additives known in the art. For example, the powder may contain a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch, and the solution may contain propylene glycol, sterile water, ethanol, sodium chloride, and other additives such as acids, alkalis, and buffer salts. Such solutions or suspensions can be administered by inhalation via a spray, pump, atomizer, or nebulizer. The compounds of this disclosure can also be used in combination with other inhalation therapies, such as corticosteroids including fluticasone propionate, beclomethasone dipropionate, triamcinolone acetonide, budesonide, and mometasone furoate; beta-agonists including albuterol, salmeterol, and formoterol; anticholinergics including ipratropium bromide or tiotropium; vasodilators including treprostinal and iloprost; enzymes including DNAase; therapeutic proteins; immunoglobulin antibodies; single-stranded or double-stranded DNA or RNA; oligonucleotides including siRNA; antibiotics including tobramycin; muscarinic receptor antagonists; leukotriene antagonists; cytokine antagonists; protease inhibitors; nedocryl sodium; and cromoglycate sodium.

[0554] Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained, for example, by combining an active compound with a solid excipient, optionally grinding the resulting mixture, and processing the granular mixture after adding appropriate adjuvants as desired, to obtain tablets or sugar-coated tablet cores. Suitable excipients include fillers such as sugars containing lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol, cellulose preparations such as corn starch, wheat starch, rice starch, potato starch, gelatin, tragacanth gum, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (CMC), and / or polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP: povidone). If desired, disintegrants such as cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, or alginic acid or salts thereof such as sodium alginate may be added.

[0555] The sugar-coated tablet core is fitted with an appropriate coating. For this purpose, a concentrated sugar solution may be used, which may contain, for example, gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopole gel, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and / or titanium dioxide, a lacquer solution, and a suitable organic solvent or solvent mixture. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablet or sugar-coated tablet coating for identification or to characterize different combinations of active compound doses.

[0556] Pharmaceutical formulations for oral use include gelatin push-fit capsules ("gel caps"), gelatin sealed soft capsules, and plasticizers such as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules may contain the active ingredient mixed with a filler such as lactose, a binder such as starch, and / or a lubricant such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally a stabilizer. In soft capsules, the active compound can be dissolved or suspended in a suitable liquid such as fatty oil, liquid paraffin, or liquid polyethylene glycol (PEG). Further stabilizers may be added.

[0557] Alternatively, the compounds may be administered by injection (parenteral administration), for example, intramuscularly, intravenously, intraperitoneally, and / or subcutaneously. For injection, the compounds of this disclosure are formulated in a physiologically compatible buffer or solution, such as a sterile liquid solution including saline, Hanks' solution, or Ringer's solution. Furthermore, the compounds may be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately before use. Lyophilized forms may also be produced.

[0558] Administration may also be by means of transmucosal, topical, transdermal, or inhalation. In the case of transmucosal, topical, or transdermal administration, a penetration agent appropriate to the barrier to be penetrated is used in the formulation. Such penetration agents are generally known in the art and include, for example, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives for transmucosal administration. Furthermore, surfactants may be used to promote penetration. Transmucosal administration may be, for example, by nasal spray or suppository (rectal or vaginal).

[0559] The topical compositions of this disclosure can be formulated as oils, creams, lotions, ointments, etc., by selecting a suitable carrier known in the art. Suitable carriers include vegetable oils or mineral oils, white petrolatum (white soft paraffin), branched-chain fatty acids or oils, animal fats, and high molecular weight alcohols (C 12 Examples include (super). In another embodiment, the carrier is one in which the active ingredient is soluble. Emulsifiers, stabilizers, humectants and antioxidants, as well as agents that optionally impart color or fragrance, may also be included. Creams for topical application are formulated from a mixture of mineral oil, self-emulsifying beeswax and water, in which the active ingredient dissolved in a small amount of solvent (e.g., oil) is mixed. Furthermore, administration by transdermal means may include transdermal patches or bandages, such as bandages, impregnated with the active ingredient and optionally one or more carriers or diluents known in the art. Because it is administered in the form of a transdermal delivery system, the dosage is naturally continuous rather than intermittent throughout the administration regimen.

[0560] The amount of various compounds administered is the IC of the compound. 50The dosage can be determined by standard procedures that take into account factors such as the biological half-life of the compound, the age, size, and weight of the subject, and the indication being treated. The importance of these and other factors is known to those skilled in the art. Generally, the dosage is about 0.01–50 mg / kg or 0.1–20 mg / kg for the subject being treated. Multiple doses may be used.

[0561] The compounds of this disclosure may also be used in combination with other therapies for treating the same disease. Such combinations include administration of the compound and one or more other therapeutic agents at different time points, or simultaneous administration of the compound and one or more other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the dosage may be modified, by means of methods known to those skilled in the art, to reduce the dosage of one or more of the compounds of this disclosure or other therapeutic agents used in combination, for example, compared to the compound or treatment used alone.

[0562] Combination use includes use with other treatments, drugs, medical procedures, etc., and it is understood that other treatments or procedures may be administered at different times from the compound of the Disclosure (e.g., within a short period of time, such as within a few hours (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 to 24 hours), or within a longer period of time (e.g., 1 to 2 days, 2 to 4 days, 4 to 7 days, 1 to 4 weeks)), or concurrently with the compound of the Disclosure. Combination use also includes use in treatments or medical procedures administered once or rarely, such as surgery, together with the compound of the Disclosure, which is administered within a short or longer period of time before or after other treatments or procedures. In some embodiments, the Disclosure provides delivery of the compound of the Disclosure and one or more other pharmacotherapy drugs delivered by different or the same route of administration. Combination use for any route of administration includes delivery of the compound of the Disclosure and one or more other pharmacotherapy drugs delivered together by the same route of administration in any formulation, including formulations in which the two compounds are chemically bonded to maintain their therapeutic activity when administered. In one embodiment, other pharmacotherapy may be administered concurrently with one or more compounds of the Disclosure. Concomitant use by concurrent administration includes the administration of a co-formulation or chemically bonded compound formulation administered by the same or different routes, or the administration of two or more compounds in separate formulations within a short time interval (e.g., within 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, or up to 24 hours). Concomitant administration of separate formulations includes concurrent administration by delivery via a single device, e.g., the same inhaler, the same syringe, etc., or administration from separate devices within a short time interval from each other. A co-formulation of a compound of the Disclosure with one or more additional pharmacotherapy administered by the same route includes preparing materials together so that they can be administered by a single device, including separate compounds combined into a single formulation, or compounds that are chemically bonded but modified to still maintain their biological activity. Such chemically bonded compounds may have a bond that is substantially maintained in vivo, or the bond may degrade in vivo to separate the two active components.

[0563] IV.How to use These methods and compounds are typically used for the treatment of human subjects. However, they can also be used to treat similar or identical indications in other animal subjects.

[0564] In certain embodiments, the patient is 60 years of age or older and has relapsed after first-line cancer treatment. In certain embodiments, the patient is 18 years of age or older and has relapsed or refractory cancer after second-line cancer treatment. In certain embodiments, the patient is 60 years of age or older and has primary refractory cancer to first-line cancer treatment. In certain embodiments, the patient is 70 years of age or older and has not been previously treated. In certain embodiments, the patient is 70 years of age or older and is unlikely to benefit from cancer treatment.

[0565] In certain embodiments, the therapeutically effective dose used in the method provided herein is at least 10 mg per day. In certain embodiments, the therapeutically effective dose is 10, 50, 90, 100, 135, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2200, or 2500 mg per day. In other embodiments, the therapeutically effective dose is 10, 50, 90, 100, 135, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2200, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, or 5000 mg or more per day. In certain embodiments, the compound is administered continuously.

[0566] In certain embodiments, the Specified Method provides for treating a disease or condition mediated by CD73, comprising administering to a mammal having the disease or condition at least 10, 50, 90, 100, 135, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2200, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, or 5000 mg per day any of the compounds described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 36, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated analog, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof, the compound being administered into an empty stomach.

[0567] Embodiment 38 of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a subject having a disease or condition mediated by CD73, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any one of Embodiments 1 to 35 (or any sub-embodiment thereof, if applicable), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated analog, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof, or any one of Embodiments 36 to 37.

[0568] Embodiment 39 of this disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 38, wherein the disease or condition is a neoplastic disorder, cancer, age-related disease, inflammatory disorder, cognitive impairment, and / or neurodegenerative disease.

[0569] Embodiment 40 of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating the disease or condition described in Embodiment 38, wherein the disease or condition is bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, melanoma, multiple myeloma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic fibrosis, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson's disease.

[0570] Embodiment 40(a) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 38, wherein the disease or condition is bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, melanoma, multiple myeloma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, pulmonary fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson's disease.

[0571] Embodiment 41 of this disclosure relates to a method for treating the disease or condition described in Embodiment 40, wherein the lymphoma is adult T-cell lymphoma, AIDS-associated lymphoma, anaplastic large cell lymphoma, angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, MALT lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, primary exudative lymphoma, or T-cell lymphoma.

[0572] Embodiment 42 of this disclosure relates to a method for treating the disease or condition described in Embodiment 40, wherein leukemia is adult T-cell leukemia, rapidly progressive NK-cell leukemia, B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, B-cell prelymphocytic leukemia, acute eosinophilic leukemia, acute erythrocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or mast cell leukemia.

[0573] Embodiment 43 of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating the disease or condition described in Embodiment 38, wherein the disease or condition is renal cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, multiple myeloma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, breast cancer, or prostate cancer.

[0574] Subordinate Embodiment of Embodiment 43 Embodiment 43(a) of this disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is renal cancer.

[0575] Embodiment 43(b) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is small cell lung cancer.

[0576] Embodiment 43(c) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is non-small cell lung cancer.

[0577] Embodiment 43(d) of this disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is acute myeloid leukemia.

[0578] Embodiment 43(e) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is multiple myeloma.

[0579] Embodiment 43(f) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.

[0580] Embodiment 43(g) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is breast cancer.

[0581] Embodiment 43(h) of the present disclosure relates to a method for treating a disease or condition described in Embodiment 43, wherein the disease or condition is prostate cancer.

[0582] V. Combination Therapy CD73 modulators can be usefully combined with other pharmacologically active compounds, or with two or more other pharmacologically active compounds, particularly in the treatment of cancer. In one embodiment, the composition comprises any one or more compounds described herein together with one or more compounds that are therapeutically effective for the same disease indication, and the compounds have a synergistic effect on the disease indication. In one embodiment, the composition comprises any one or more compounds described herein that are effective in the treatment of cancer, and one or more other compounds that are effective in the treatment of the same cancer, and furthermore, the compounds are synergistically effective in the treatment of cancer.

[0583] Combinations with other adenosine axial blockers, such as drugs targeting CD39, CD38, A2AR, or A2BR. Under physiological conditions, ATP and NAD in biological fluids and extracellular space. +Extracellular ATP is low (30-100 nM), and its intracellular concentration is in the mM range. It is released from cells during cell activation, stress, hypoxia, and tissue damage. Excess extracellular ATP is rapidly hydrolyzed by ectonucleotidases such as CD39 or ectonucleotide pyrophosphatase / phosphodiesterase (i.e., ENPP1) to produce ADP and ultimately AMP. Alternatively, AMP can be produced from extracellular nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD+) by the coordinated action of ecto-NAD-glucohydrolase CD38 and ENPP1. AMP is further hydrolyzed to adenosine, primarily by CD73 and less efficiently by alkaline phosphatases. Adenosine activates signaling pathways via G protein-coupled receptors A1, A2a, A2b, and A3. When binding to the A2a or A2b receptor, which is upregulated in response to immune cell activation, adenosine induces an increase in intracellular cAMP, leading to significant suppression of immune function. Preclinical studies support that targeting multiple points in the adenosinergic pathway can provide significant therapeutic benefits for cancer treatment. (Perrot, I. et al. Blocking Antibodies Targeting the CD39 / CD73 Immunosuppressive Pathway Unleash Immune Responses in Combination Cancer Therapies. Cell Rep. 27, 2411-2425.e9 (2019); Young, A. et al. Co-inhibition of CD73 and A2AR Adenosine Signaling Improves Anti-tumor Immune Responses. Cancer Cell 30, 391-403 (2016)).

[0584] Combination with immune checkpoint blocking Both anti-PD-1 and anti-CTLA4 checkpoint blockers can have a synergistic effect with anti-CD73 or anti-A2a therapy. Allard, B. et al. Targeting CD73 Enhances the Antitumor Activity of Anti-PD-1 and Anti-CTLA-4 mAbs. Clin. Cancer Res. 19, 5626-5636 (2013). Hay, C. et al. Targeting CD73 in the tumor microenvironment with MEDI9447. Oncoimmunology 5, 1-10 (2016). Willingham, S. et al. A2AR Antagonism with CPI-444 Induces Antitumor Responses and Augments Efficacy to Anti-PD-(L)1 and Anti-CTLA-4 in Preclinical Models. (CPI-444-mediated A2AR antagonism induces antitumor responses and enhances the antitumor effects of anti-PD-(L)1 and anti-CTLA-4 in preclinical models) 6,22-25 (2018), Waickman, AT & Powell, JDNIH Public Access. 61,917-926 (2013), Beavis, PA et al. Adenosine Receptor 2A Blockade Increases the Efficacy of Anti-PD-1 through Enhanced Antitumor T-cell Responses. 3, (2015), Mittal, D. et al. Antimetastatic Effects of Blocking PD-1 and the Adenosine A2A Receptor. (Anti-metastatic effect by blocking PD-1 and adenosine A2A receptors) 3,3652-3659 (2014).The synergistic effect was shown to promote growth retardation and even complete rejection in several tumor models in a CD8+ T cell and IFN-γ-dependent manner. Allard, B. et al. Targeting CD73 Enhances the Antitumor Activity of Anti-PD-1 and Anti-CTLA-4 mAbs. Clin. Cancer Res. 19, 5626-5636 (2013). Hay, C. et al. Targeting CD73 in the tumor microenvironment with MEDI9447. Oncoimmunology 5, 1-10 (2016). Willingham, S. et al. A2AR Antagonism with CPI-444 Induces Antitumor Responses and Augments Efficacy to Anti-PD-(L)1 and Anti-CTLA-4 in Preclinical Models. (CPI-444-mediated A2AR antagonism induces antitumor responses and enhances the antitumor effects of anti-PD-(L)1 and anti-CTLA-4 in preclinical models) 6,22-25 (2018). Beavis, PA et al. Adenosine Receptor 2A Blockade Increases the Efficacy of Anti-PD-1 through Enhanced Antitumor T-cell Responses. (Adenosine receptor 2A blockade enhances the effect of anti-PD-1 through enhanced antitumor T-cell responses) 3, (2015). Potential CD73 inhibitors can synergistically interact with other reagents targeting T-cell-related inhibitory molecules such as PDL1, LAG-3, TIGIT, TIM-3, VISTA, and B7-H3.

[0585] Combinations with TNFA Super Family Member Agonists Agonist antibodies against tumor necrosis factor receptor (TNFR) superfamily members such as 4-1BB, GITR, and OX40 on the surface of antigen-stimulated T cells are in various stages of preclinical and clinical trials. However, they have shown only limited therapeutic benefit as monotherapy. CD73 expression on T cells maintained by TGF-β in the tumor microenvironment has interfered with the therapeutic activity of these agonist antibodies. CD73 inhibitors can overcome resistance to TNFR agonists and enhance the efficacy of TNFR agonists.

[0586] Combination with targeted therapy High expression of CD73 in breast cancer is associated with resistance to trastuzumab, an anti-HER2 / ErbB2 mAb. Turcotte, M. et al. CD73 promotes resistance to HER2 / ErbB2 antibody therapy. Cancer Res. 77, 5652-5663 (2017). Blocking CD73 has been shown to enhance the activity of anti-ErbB2 mAbs for the treatment of breast tumors and lung metastases. Ibid.

[0587] Elevated CD73 expression was observed in melanoma patients with BRAF-mutant tumors. A2AR antagonists were shown to enhance the efficacy of BRAF and MEK inhibition in mice with BRAF-mutant tumors. (Young, A. et al. Targeting adenosine in BRAF-mutant melanoma reduces tumor growth and metastasis. Cancer Res. 77, 4684-4696 (2017)). Similarly, CD73 inhibitors were able to improve the therapeutic benefits of BRAF and MEK inhibitors.

[0588] CD73 is overexpressed in NSCLC with EGFR mutations. (Inoue, Y. et al. Prognostic impact of CD73 and A2A adenosine receptor expression in non-small-cell lung cancer. Oncotarget 8, 8738-8751 (2017)). Similarly, CD73 inhibitors were able to improve the therapeutic benefits of BRAF and MEK inhibitors. CD73 is overexpressed in non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) with EGFR mutations (Inoue, Y. et al. Prognostic impact of CD73 and A2A adenosine receptor expression in non-small-cell lung cancer. Oncotarget 8, 8738-8751 (2017)), and its expression is positively correlated with EGFR expression in NSCLC, liver cancer, breast cancer, and glioblastoma.Zhu, J. et al. CD73 / NT5E is a target of miR-30a-5p and plays an important role in the pathogenesis of non-small cell lung cancer. Mol. Cancer 16, 1-15 (2017), Shali, S. et al. Ecto-5'-nucleotidase (CD73) is a potential target of hepatocellular fhI. J. Cell. Physiol. 234, 10248-10259 (2019), Zhi, X. et al. Potential Prognostic Biomarker CD73 Regulates Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Expression in Human Breast Cancer. (Potential prognostic biomarker CD73 regulates epidermal growth factor receptor expression in human breast cancer) IUBMB Life. 64, 911-920 (2012), Ludwig, H. et al. Expression of CD73 (ecto-5'-nucleotidase) in 165 glioblastomas by immunohistochemistry and electron microscopic histochemistry (Examination of CD73 (ecto-5'-nucleotidase) expression in 165 glioblastomas by immunohistochemistry and electron microscopic histochemistry) Anticancer Res. 19, 1747-52 (1999). CD73 has been found to promote EGFR expression in several types of cancer cells, including NSCLC, liver, and breast cancer cells.Zhu, J. et al. CD73 / NT5E is a target of miR-30a-5p and plays an important role in the pathogenesis of non-small cell lung cancer. (Mol. Cancer 16, 1-15 (2017)), Shali, S. et al. Ecto-5'-nucleotidase (CD73) is a potential target of hepatocellular carcinoma. (J. Cell. Physiol. 234, 10248-10259 (2019)), Zhi, X. et al. Potential Prognostic Biomarker CD73 Regulates Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Expression in Human Breast Cancer. (Potential prognostic biomarker CD73 regulates epidermal growth factor receptor expression in human breast cancer) IUBMB Life. 64, 911-920 (2012). Previous studies have shown that inhibition of CD73 reduces the proliferation of NSCLC and liver cancer cells (Zhu, J. et al. CD73 / NT5E is a target of miR-30a-5p and plays an important role in the pathogenesis of non-small cell lung cancer. Mol. Cancer 16, 1-15 (2017), Shali, S. et al. Ecto-5'-nucleotidase (CD73) is a potential target of hepatocellular carcinoma. J. Cell. Physiol. 234, 10248-10259 (2019)), as well as the migration and invasion of breast cancer cells.Zhi, X. et al. Potential Prognostic Biomarker CD73 Regulates Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Expression in Human Breast Cancer. IUBMB Life. 64, 911-920 (2012). CD73 inhibition may potentially improve treatment outcomes with EGFR inhibitors in these cancers. Combinations of CD73 inhibitors and EGFR inhibitors may provide better therapeutic benefits than monotherapy.

[0589] Combination of irradiation and chemotherapy Radiotherapy and chemotherapy can induce ATP release from cancer cells. They also enhance the expression of CD73 and other members in the adenosine axis. The activity of the CD73 / adenosine system in the tumor microenvironment is associated not only with increased tumor growth and evasion of tumor immunity, but also with adverse radiation-induced late effects such as pulmonary fibrosis. Wirsdorfer, F. et al. Extracellular adenosine production by ecto-50-nucleotidase (CD73) enhances radiation-induced lung fibrosis. Cancer Res. 76, 3045-3056 (2016). By blocking CD73 activity, radiotherapy (Wennerberg, E. et al. Adenosine regulates radiation therapy-induced anti-tumor immunity. J. Immunother. Cancer 3, P378 (2015), Wennerberg, E. et al. Adenosine generation limits radiation-induced tumor immunogenicity by abrogating recruitment and activation of CD103+ DCs. J. Immunol. 198, 154.6 (2017)), as well as doxorubicin and paclitaxel (Loi, S. et al. CD73 promotes anthracycline resistance and poor prognosis in triple-negative breast cancer. (CD73 promotes anthracycline resistance and poor prognosis in triple-negative breast cancer) doi:10.1073 / pnas.1222251110.This can enhance the antitumor effects of chemotherapy reagents such as mitoxantrone and reduce late toxicity to normal tissues induced by radiotherapy (Wirsdorfer, F. et al. Extracellular adenosine production by ecto-50-nucleotidase (CD73) enhances radiation-induced lung fibrosis. Cancer Res. 76, 3045-3056 (2016); de Leve, S. et al. The CD73 / Ado System—A New Player in RT Induced Adverse Late Effects. Cancers (Basel) 11, 1578 (2019)), thus improving the therapeutic benefits of radiotherapy and chemotherapy.

[0590] Adoptive T cell transfer or combination with DC vaccine Adoptive T cell transfer (tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte therapy and CAR-T therapy) has yielded unprecedented clinical responses against certain types of malignant tumors. A synergistic effect between CD73 blockade and adoptive T cell transfer has been demonstrated in mice. Wang, L. et al. CD73 has distinct roles in nonhematopoietic and hematopoietic cells to promote tumor growth in mice. J. Clin. Invest. 121, 2371-2382 (2011). Jin, D. et al. CD73 on tumor cells impairs anti-tumor T cell responses: a novel mechanism of tumor-induced immune suppression. Cancer Res. 70, 2245-2255 (2011). This was explained by the enhancement of homing of adoptive tumor-specific T cells at the tumor site by CD73 blockade. Wang, L. et al. CD73 has distinct roles in nonhematopoietic and hematopoietic cells to promote tumor growth in mice. J. Clin. Invest. 121, 2371-2382 (2011).

[0591] Dendritic cell (DC) vaccination aimed at inducing tumor-specific effector T cells with immunological memory is a promising approach to cancer immunotherapy. Combination with other therapies targeting its immunosuppressive mechanisms is necessary to improve outcomes. CD73 targeting has been shown to improve the efficacy of DC vaccines through the induction of tumor-specific T cell activity. Arab, S. et al. Increased efficacy of a dendritic cell-based therapeutic cancer vaccine with adenosine receptor antagonist and CD73 inhibitor. Tumor Biol. 1-8 (2017) doi:10.1177 / 1010428317695021.

[0592] In another embodiment, the Disclosure provides a method for treating a CD73-mediated disease or condition by administering an effective amount of a composition comprising any one of the compounds described herein to a subject in combination with one or more other suitable therapies for treating the disease.

[0593] liver fibrosis Hepatic fibrosis develops as a response to chronic inflammation and ongoing liver damage caused by alcohol or viral infection. This pathological process is driven by the activation and accumulation of myofibroblasts. CD73 is upregulated in hepatic stellate cells, portal vein fibroblasts, and fibrous septa as a result of myofibroblast differentiation. (Fausther, M. et al. Activated hepatic stellate cells upregulate transcription of ecto-5'-nucleotidase / CD73 via specific SP1 and SMAD promoter elements. Am. J. Physiol. - Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 303, (2012)). CD73-deficient mice are protected from the development of hepatic fibrosis, suggesting its role in fibrosis and adenosine production. Peng, Z. et al. Ecto-5'-nucleotidase (CD73)-mediated extracellular adenosine production plays a critical role in hepatic fibrosis. FASEB J.22,2263-2272 (2008). CD73 may be useful in preventing hepatic fibrosis.

[0594] Multiple sclerosis (MS) MS is an autoimmune disease affecting the central nervous system (CNS). In animal models of MS, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) and myelin antigen-specific CD4+ T cells have been shown to play a role in inducing CNS inflammation, demyelination, and neurodegeneration. Despite the well-known central role of CD73 in immunosuppression, CD73- / - mice were highly resistant to EAE induction. Mills, J. Het. al. CD73 is required for efficient entry of lymphocytes into the central nervous system during experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 105, 9325-9330 (2008). This was explained by the deeper role of CD73 and adenosine in CNS lymphocyte infiltration during EAE induction, rather than their role in regulating neuroinflammation. Ibid. CD73 inhibition may be useful in the treatment of MS and other neuroinflammatory diseases.

[0595] Embodiment 44 of the present disclosure further includes administering one or more additional therapeutic agents, relating to the method described in any one of Embodiments 38 to 43, or any lower embodiment thereof.

[0596] Embodiment 45 of the present disclosure relates to the method of Embodiment 44, i) an alkylating agent selected from adzeresin, altretamine, bizeresin, busulfan, carboplatin, carbocon, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustine, fotemustine, hepsulfame, ifosfamide, improsulfan, ilofluben, lomustine, mechloretamine, melphalan, oxaliplatin, piposulfan, semustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, thiotepa and tresulfan, i i) Antibiotics selected from bleomycin, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, menogalil, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, neocardinostatin, pentostatin and plicamycin; iii) azacitidine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, decitabine, phloxuridine, fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil, futraflu, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, nelarabine, pemetrexed, larcitrexed, thiogua iv) an antimetabolite selected from the group consisting of nin and trimethrexate, immunotherapeutic agents selected from PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitors, v) hormones or hormone antagonists selected from the group consisting of enzalutamide, abiraterone, anastrozole, androgens, buserelin, diethylstilbestrol, exemestane, flutamide, fulvestrant, goserelin, doxifen, letrozole, leuprolide, magestrol, raloxifen, tamoxifen, and toremifene, vi) DJ-927, docetaxel, TPI28 7) Taxanes selected from paclitaxel and DHA-paclitaxel, vii) Retinoids selected from alitretinoin, bexarotene, fenretinide, isotretinoin, and tretinoin, viiii) Alkaloids selected from etoposide, homohalintin, teniposide, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, and vinorelbine, ix) Antiangiogenic agents selected from AE-941 (GW786034, Neovastat), ABT-510, 2-methoxyestradiol, lenalidomide, and thalidomide, x) Amsacrin,Topoisomerase inhibitors selected from edotecarin, exatecan, irinotecan, SN-38 (7-ethyl-10-hydroxycamptothecin), rubitecan, topotecan, and 9-aminocamptothecin, xi) erlotinib, gefitinib, flavopyridol, imatinib mesylate, lapatinib, sorafenib, sunitinib malate, AEE-788, AG-013736, AMG706, AMN107, BMS-35482 5) Kinase inhibitors selected from BMS-599626, UCN-01 (7-hydroxystaurosporine), vemurafenib, dabrafenib, trametinib, cobimetinib, selumetinib, and batalanib; xii) Targeted signaling inhibitors selected from bortezomib, geldanamycin, and rapamycin; xiii) Biological response modifiers selected from imiquimod, interferon-α, and interleukin-2; xiv xv) IDO inhibitors, and one or more of the following: 3-AP (3-amino-2-carboxyaldehyde thiosemicarbazone), althrasentan, aminoglutethimide, anagrelide, asparaginase, bryostatin-1, sirengitide, erescromol, eribulin mesylate (E7389), ixabepyrone, ronidamine, masopropyl, mitognazone, oblimersen, sulindac, testactone, thiazophrine, mTOR inhibitors, PI3K inhibitors, Cdk4 inhibitors, Akt inhibitors, Hsp90 inhibitors, farnesyltransferase inhibitors, or aromatase inhibitors (anastrozole, letrozole, exemestane), xvi) Mek inhibitors, xvii) tyrosine kinase inhibitors, xviii) c-Kit mutation inhibitors, xix) EGFR inhibitors, PD-1 inhibitors, or xx) epigenetic modulators.

[0597] Embodiment 46 of the present disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 45, wherein one or more further therapeutic agents are PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitors.

[0598] Embodiment 47 of this disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 46, wherein the PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitor is nivolumab, pembrolizumab, semiprimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, or durvalumab.

[0599] Embodiment 47(a) of this disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 46, wherein the PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitor is nivolumab, pembrolizumab, semiprimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, or dimbellimab.

[0600] Embodiment 48 of the present disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 44, wherein one or more further therapeutic agents are PD-1 inhibitors, and the disease or condition is colorectal cancer.

[0601] Embodiment 49 of this disclosure relates to the method of Embodiment 44 and includes administering first and second further therapeutic agents.

[0602] Embodiment 50 of the present disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 49, wherein the first further therapeutic agent is a PD-1 inhibitor, the second further therapeutic agent is a chemotherapeutic agent, and the disease or condition is adenocarcinoma.

[0603] Embodiment 50(a) of this disclosure relates to the method described in Embodiment 50, wherein the adenocarcinoma is metastatic pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma.

[0604] In another embodiment, the Disclosure provides a method for treating cancer in a subject requiring treatment of cancer by administering to the subject an effective amount of a composition comprising any one or more compounds described herein in combination with one or more other therapies or medical procedures effective for treating cancer. Other therapies or medical procedures include appropriate anti-cancer therapies (e.g., drug therapy, vaccine therapy, gene therapy, photodynamic therapy) or medical procedures (e.g., surgery, radiotherapy, hyperthermia, bone marrow or stem cell transplantation). In one embodiment, one or more appropriate anticancer therapies or medical procedures are selected from treatment with chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., chemotherapy drugs), radiotherapy (e.g., X-rays, gamma rays, or electron, proton, neutron, or alpha particle beams), hyperthermia (e.g., microwave, ultrasound, radiofrequency ablation), vaccine therapy (e.g., AFP gene hepatocellular carcinoma vaccine, AFP adenovirus vector vaccine, AG-858, allogeneic GM-CSF secreted breast cancer vaccine, dendritic cell peptide vaccine), gene therapy (e.g., Ad5CMV-p53 vector, adeno vector encoding MDA7, adenovirus 5-tumor necrosis factor alpha), photodynamic therapy (e.g., aminolevulinic acid, motexatin lutetium), surgery, or bone marrow and stem cell transplantation.

[0605] VI. Kit In another embodiment, the Disclosure provides a kit comprising one or more compounds described in any one of the compounds of any one of Embodiments 1 to 35, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, deuterated analog, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Embodiments 36 to 37. In some embodiments, the compound or composition is packaged, for example, in a vial, bottle or flask, which may be further packaged, for example, in a box, envelope or bag. The compound or composition may be approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or a similar regulatory agency for administration to mammals, e.g., humans. The compound or composition may be approved for administration to mammals, e.g., humans, for CD73-mediated diseases or conditions. The kits described herein may include written instructions for use and / or other indications that the compound or composition is suitable or approved for administration to mammals, e.g., humans, for CD73-mediated diseases or conditions. The compound or composition may be packaged in unit dose or single-dose form, e.g., single-dose pills, capsules, etc.

[0606] VII. Binding assay The methods of this disclosure may include assays capable of detecting the binding of a compound to a target molecule. Such binding is at a statistically significant level, and the confidence level at which the assay signal represents binding to the target molecule, i.e., is distinguishable from the background, is at least 90%, or at least 95%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or higher. In some embodiments, a control is used to distinguish target binding from nonspecific binding. A wide variety of assays demonstrating binding are known for various target types and can be used in this disclosure.

[0607] The conjugated compounds can be characterized by their effect on the activity of the target molecule. Therefore, "low activity" compounds are characterized by inhibitory concentrations (IC) greater than 1 μM under standard conditions. 50 ) or effective concentration (EC 50 ) has. "Very low activity" means IC2 above 100 μM under standard conditions. 50 or EC 50This means that "extremely low activity" refers to an IC50 greater than 1 mM under standard conditions. 50 or EC 50 This means that "moderate activity" refers to IC50 of 200 nM to 1 μM under standard conditions. 50 or EC 50 This means that "moderately high activity" refers to IC50 with an IC50 of 1nM to 200nM. 50 or EC 50 This means that "high activity" refers to an IC of less than 1 nM under standard conditions. 50 or EC 50 This means IC. 50 or EC 50 Activity is defined as the concentration of a compound at which 50% of the activity of the target molecule being measured (e.g., an enzyme or other protein) is lost or increased compared to the range of activity observed in the absence of the compound. Activity can be measured using methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, by measuring any detectable product or signal produced by the occurrence of an enzymatic reaction, or by measuring other activities of the protein being measured.

[0608] In the context of binding assays, "background signal" refers to a signal recorded under the standard conditions of a particular assay in the absence of the test compound, molecular skeleton, or ligand that binds to the target molecule. Those skilled in the art will understand that accepted methods exist and are widely available for determining background signals.

[0609] "Standard deviation" refers to the square root of the variance. Variance is a measure of how spread out a distribution is. It is calculated as the mean squared deviation of each number from its mean. For example, for numbers 1, 2, and 3, the mean is 2, and the variances are as follows:

number

[0610] Surface plasmon resonance Binding parameters can be measured using surface plasmon resonance, for example, with a BIAcore® chip (Biacore, Japan) coated with an immobilized binding component. Surface plasmon resonance is used to characterize the microscopic association and dissociation constants of reactions between sFv or other ligands with respect to a target molecule. Such methods are generally described in the following references, which are incorporated herein by reference. Vely F. et al., (2000) BIAcore® analysis to test phosphopeptide-SH2 domain interactions, Methods in Molecular Biology. 121:313-21; Liparoto et al., (1999) Biosensor analysis of the interleukin-2 receptor complex, Journal of Molecular Recognition. 12:316-21; Lipschultz et al., (2000) Experimental design for analysis of complex kinetics using surface plasmon resonance, Methods. 20(3):310-8; Malmqvist.(1999) BIACORE: an affinity biosensor system for characterization of biomolecular interactions, Biochemical Society Transactions 27:335-40, Alfthan, (1998) Surface plasmon resonance biosensors as a tool in antibody engineering, Biosensors & Bioelectronics. 13:653-63, Fivash et al., (1998) BIAcore for macromolecular interaction, Current Opinion in Biotechnology. 9:97-101, Price et al.; (1998) Summary report on the ISOBM TD-4 Workshop: analysis of 56 monoclonal antibodies against the MUC1 mucin. (ISOBM Summary report of the TD-4 workshop: Analysis of 56 monoclonal antibodies against MUC1 mucin) Tumour Biology 19 Suppl 1:1-20, Malmqvist et al, (1997) Biomolecular interaction analysis: affinity biosensor technologies for functional analysis of proteins, Current Opinion in Chemical Biology. 1:378-83, O'Shannessy et al.,(1996) Interpretation of deviations from pseudo-first-order kinetic behavior in the characterization of ligand binding by biosensor technology, Analytical Biochemistry. 236:275-83, Malmborg et al.,(1995) BIAcore as a tool in antibody engineering, Journal of Immunological Methods. 183:7-13, Van Regenmortel,(1994) Use of biosensors to characterize recombinant proteins, Developments in Biological Standardization. 83:143-51, and O'Shannessy,(1994) Determination of kinetic rate and equilibrium binding constants for macromolecular interactions: a critique of the surface plasmon resonance Literature (Determination of Dynamic Rate Constants and Equilibrium Coupling Constants of Polymer Interactions: A Literature Critique on Surface Plasmon Resonance), Current Opinions in Biotechnology. 5:65-71.

[0611] BIAcore® uses the optical properties of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) to detect changes in the concentration of proteins bound to a dextran matrix, a dextran biosensor matrix, on the surface of a gold / glass sensor chip interface. Briefly, a protein is covalently bound to a dextran matrix at a known concentration, and the protein's ligand is injected through the dextran matrix. Near-infrared light directed away from the sensor chip surface is reflected, and evanescent waves are also induced in the gold film, causing an intensity dip in the reflected light at a specific angle known as the resonance angle. A change in the refractive index of the sensor chip surface (e.g., due to ligand binding to the bound protein) causes a shift in the resonance angle. This angular shift can be measured, with 1000 RU equaling 1 ng / mm². 2 These are represented as resonance units (RUs), corresponding to changes in surface protein concentration. These changes are displayed with respect to time along the y-axis of a sensorogram, showing the association and dissociation of any given biological reaction.

[0612] High-throughput screening (HTS) assay High-throughput testing (HTS) typically uses automated assays to explore a large number of compounds for desired activity. Typically, HTS assays are used to discover new drugs by screening chemicals that act on specific enzymes or molecules. For example, if a chemical inactivates an enzyme, it may prove effective in preventing intracellular processes that cause disease. The high-throughput method allows researchers to analyze thousands of different chemicals for each target molecule very rapidly using robotic handling systems and automated analysis of results.

[0613] As used herein, “high-throughput screening” or “HTS” refers to rapid in vitro screening of a large number of compounds (libraries), typically tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands of compounds, using robotic screening assays. Ultra-high-throughput screening (uHTS) generally refers to accelerated high-throughput screening, typically exceeding 100,000 tests per day.

[0614] To achieve high-throughput screening, it is advantageous to house the sample on a multi-container carrier or platform. Multi-container carriers facilitate the simultaneous measurement of the reactions of multiple candidate compounds. Multi-well microplates can be used as carriers. Such multi-well microplates and methods for using them in numerous assays are known in the art and are commercially available.

[0615] Screening assays may include controls for calibration and to verify the proper handling of assay components. They typically include blank wells containing all reactants but not members of a chemical library. As another example, a known inhibitor (or activator) of the enzyme for which the modulator is sought may be incubated with one sample of the assay, and the resulting decrease (or increase) in enzyme activity can be used as a comparison or control. It is also understood that modulators can be combined with enzyme activators or inhibitors to find modulators that inhibit enzyme activation or inhibition otherwise caused by the presence of a known enzyme modulator.

[0616] Measurement of enzyme and binding reactions in screening assays For example, techniques for measuring the progress of enzyme and binding reactions in multiple container carriers are known in the art and include, but are not limited to, the following:

[0617] Spectrophotometric and spectrofluorescence assays are well known in the art. An example of such assays is the use of a colorimetric assay for the detection of peroxides, as described in Gordon, A.J. and Ford, RA, (1972) The Chemist's Companion: A Handbook of Practical Data, Techniques, and References, John Wiley and Sons, NY, Page 437.

[0618] Fluorescence spectroscopy can be used to monitor the formation of reaction products. Fluorescence methods are generally more sensitive than absorption methods. The use of fluorescent probes is well known to those skilled in the art. For reviews, see Bashford et al., (1987) Spectrophotometry and Spectrofluorometry: A Practical Approach, pp. 91-114, IRL Press Ltd., and Bell, (1981) Spectroscopy In Biochemistry, Vol. I, pp. 155-194, CRC Press.

[0619] In spectrofluorescence, an enzyme is exposed to a substrate that changes its intrinsic fluorescence when treated with the target enzyme. Typically, the substrate is non-fluorescent and is converted to a fluorophore by one or more reactions. As a non-limiting example, SMase activity can be detected using Amplex® Red reagent (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oregon). To measure sphingomyelinase activity using Amplex® Red, the following reactions are performed: First, SMase hydrolyzes sphingomyelin to produce ceramide and phosphorylcholine. Second, alkaline phosphatase hydrolyzes phosphorylcholine to produce choline. Third, choline is oxidized to betaine by choline oxidase. Finally, H2O2 reacts with Amplex® Red in the presence of horseradish peroxidase to produce the fluorescent product resorphine, from which the signal is detected using spectrofluorescence.

[0620] Fluorescence polarization (FP) is based on the decrease in molecular rotation speed of fluorophores that occurs when they bind to larger molecules such as receptor proteins, enabling polarized fluorescence emission from the bound ligand. FP is experimentally determined by measuring the vertical and horizontal components of fluorophore emission after excitation with plane polarization. A decrease in molecular rotation of the fluorophore increases the polarized emission. When a fluorophore binds to a larger molecule (i.e., a receptor), it produces a larger polarization signal and slows down the molecular rotation of the fluorophore. The magnitude of the polarization signal is quantitatively related to the degree of fluorescent ligand binding. Therefore, the polarization of the "bound" signal depends on the maintenance of high-affinity binding.

[0621] FP is a homogeneous technique, the reaction is very rapid, and it takes only a few seconds to a few minutes to reach equilibrium. The reagents are stable, large batches can be prepared, and high reproducibility is achieved. Due to these characteristics, FP has proven to be highly automatable and is often carried out in a single incubation with a single pre-mixed tracer-receptor reagent. For a review, see Owicki et al., (1997), Application of Fluorescence Polarization Assays in High-Throughput Screening, Genetic Engineering News, 17:27.

[0622] FPs are particularly desirable because their readout is independent of luminescence intensity (Checovich, WJ, et al., (1995) Nature 375:254-256, Dandliker, WB, et al., (1981) Methods in Enzymology 74:3-28), and therefore do not react to the presence of colored compounds that quench fluorescence emission. FPs and FRETs (see below) are well-suited for identifying compounds that block the interaction between sphingolipid receptors and their ligands. For example, see Parker et al., (2000) Development of high throughput screening assays using fluorescence polarization: nuclear receptor-ligand-binding and kinase / phosphatase assays, J Biomol Screen 5:77-88.

[0623] Sphingolipid-derived fluorophores that can be used in FP assays are commercially available. For example, Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oregon) currently sells sphingomyelin and one ceramide fluorophore. These are N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-pentanoyl)sphingosylphosphocholine (BODIPY® FL C5-sphingomyelin), N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-dodecanoyl)sphingosylphosphocholine (BODIPY® FL C12-sphingomyelin), and N-(4,4-difluoro-5,7-dimethyl-4-bora-3a,4a-diaza-s-indacene-3-pentanoyl)sphingosine (BODIPY® FL C5-ceramide). U.S. Patent No. 4,150,949 (Immunoassay of Gentamicin) discloses fluorescein-labeled gentamicin, including fluorescein chocarbanylgentamicin. Further fluorophores can be prepared using methods known to those skilled in the art.

[0624] An example of a normal polarization fluorescence reader is the POLARION® fluorescence polarization system (Tecan AG, Hombrechtikon, Switzerland). Other common multiwell plate readers for other assays are available, such as the VERSAMAX® reader and the SPECTRAMAX® multiwell plate spectrophotometer (both manufactured by Molecular Devices).

[0625] Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) is another useful assay for detecting interactions and has been described. See, for example, Heim et al., (1996) Curr. Biol. 6:178-182, Mitra et al., (1996) Gene 173:13-17, and Selvin et al., (1995) Meth. Enzymol. 246:300-345. FRET detects energy transfer between two closely spaced fluorescent substances having known excitation and emission wavelengths. As an example, a protein can be expressed as a fusion protein with green fluorescent protein (GFP). When two fluorescent proteins are close together, such as when a protein specifically interacts with a target molecule, resonance energy can be transferred from one excited molecule to the other. As a result, the emission spectrum of the sample shifts, which can be measured by a fluorometer such as an fMAX multiwell fluorometer (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, California).

[0626] Scintillation proximity assays (SPAs) are particularly useful assays for detecting interactions with target molecules. SPAs are widely used in the pharmaceutical industry and have been described (Hanselman et al., (1997) J. Lipid Res. 38:2365-2373, Kahl et al., (1996) Anal. Biochem. 243:282-283, Undenfriend et al., (1987) Anal. Biochem. 161:494-500). See also U.S. Patents 4,626,513 and 4,568,649, and European Patent No. 0154734. One commercially available system uses FLASHPLATE® scintillant-coated plates (NEN Life Science Products, Boston, Massachusetts).

[0627] Target molecules can be bound to scintillator plates by various known means. Scintillant plates derivatized to bind to fusion proteins such as GST, His6, or Flag fusion proteins are available. If the target molecule is a protein complex or polymer, a bound complex can be obtained by first attaching one protein or subunit to the plate, and then adding the other components of the complex under binding conditions.

[0628] In a typical SPA assay, gene products from an expression pool are radiolabeled, added to wells, and allowed to interact with immobilized target molecules and a solid phase, which is a scintillant coating, in the wells. The assay can be measured immediately or until equilibrium is reached. In either method, a detectable signal is generated by an instrument such as a TOPCOUNT NXT® microplate scintillation counter (Packard BioScience Co., Meriden, Connecticut) once the radiolabeled expression product is close enough to the scintillator to produce a detectable signal. If the radiolabeled expression product binds to the target molecule, the radiolabel remains close enough to the scintillator to produce a detectable signal.

[0629] In contrast, labeled proteins that do not bind to the target molecule, or bind only briefly, do not remain near the scintillant long enough to generate a signal beyond the background. Time spent near the scintillant, caused by random Brownian motion, also does not yield a significant amount of signal. Similarly, residual, unintegrated radiolabels used during the expression process may exist, but they do not generate a significant signal because they are in solution rather than interacting with the target molecule. Therefore, these unbound interactions produce a certain level of background signal that can be mathematically eliminated. If too much signal is obtained, salts or other modifiers can be added directly to the assay plate until the desired specificity is achieved (Nichols et al., (1998) Anal. Biochem. 257:112-119).

[0630] General synthesis The compounds can be prepared using the methods disclosed herein and their common modifications, which will be apparent from the disclosure herein and methods known in the art. In addition to the teachings herein, conventional known synthetic methods can be used. The synthesis of typical compounds described herein can be achieved as shown in the following examples. Where available, reagents can be purchased commercially from, for example, Sigma Aldrich or other chemical suppliers.

[0631] The compounds of this disclosure can be prepared, for example, from readily available starting materials using the following general methods and procedures. Where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperature, time, molar ratio of reactants, solvent, pressure, etc.) are given, it is understood that other process conditions may also be used unless otherwise specified. Optimal reaction conditions may vary depending on the specific reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by those skilled in the art through standard optimization procedures.

[0632] Furthermore, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesirable reactions. Suitable protecting groups for various functional groups, as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting specific functional groups, are known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in Wuts, PGM, Greene, TW, & Greene, TW (2006). Greene's protective groups in organic synthesis. Hoboken, NJ, Wiley-Interscience, and the references cited therein.

[0633] The compounds of this disclosure may contain one or more chiral or asymmetric centers. Therefore, if desired, such compounds may be prepared or isolated as pure stereoisomers, i.e., as individual enantiomers or diastereomers, or as concentrated stereoisomer mixtures. All such stereoisomers (and concentrated mixtures) are included within the scope of this disclosure unless otherwise indicated. Pure stereoisomers (or concentrated mixtures) may be prepared, for example, using optically active starting materials or stereoselective reagents known in the art. Alternatively, racemic mixtures of such compounds may be separated, for example, using chiral column chromatography, supercritical fluid chromatography, chiral seed crystals, chiral resolving agents, etc.

[0634] The starting materials for the following reactions are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obvious modifications thereof. For example, many of the starting materials are available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA), Bachem (Torrance, California, USA), Emka-Chemce, or Sigma (St. Louis, Missouri, USA). Others can be prepared by procedures described in standard reference texts such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5, and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989), Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley, and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry (John Wiley, and Sons, 5th Edition, 2001), and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), or by obvious modifications thereof.

[0635] Furthermore, it is understood that in each scheme, the addition of any substituent may result in the generation of several isomeric products (including, but not limited to, enantiomers or one or more diastereomers), any or all of which can be isolated and purified using conventional techniques. If an enantiomerically pure or concentrated compound is desired, chiral chromatography and / or an enantiomerically pure or concentrated starting material can be used, as conventionally used in the art or as described in the examples.

[0636] The compounds of this disclosure can be synthesized according to the general reaction schemes and / or examples described below. The general schemes can be modified by substituting the starting materials with other materials having a similar structure to obtain the corresponding products. The structure of the desired product will generally become clear to those skilled in the art, along with the necessary starting materials.

[0637] Scheme 1 provides an exemplary synthetic route for synthesizing the compounds provided herein (e.g., compounds of formula I). ​​Compounds of formula I, or other formulas or compounds disclosed herein, are typically prepared by first providing a core formula X(a) and then attaching the desired substituents using appropriate conditions (e.g., conjugate addition, carbonate, carbamate, or urea formation, or cross-coupling).

[0638] In some embodiments, the synthesis of the compound of formula I proceeds according to scheme 1. Scheme 1 [ka]

[0639] In Scheme 1, A, E, G, L, R 1 , R 2 and R 3This is as defined by formula I. In scheme 1, the compound of formula X(a) is converted to the compound of formula X(b). Then, the compound of formula X(b) can be converted to the compound of formula X(d) via formula X(c), and this can be converted to the compound of formula I. A 1 , E 1 .E 11 .G 1 , L 1 , L 2 , L 11 , P 1 , R 15 , R 21 , R 31 , Z 1 and Z 2 The details are as follows:

[0640] In Scheme 1, Z 1 and Z 2 Each of them is independently a leaving group, such as a halide or a suitable coupling partner, or Z 2 is R 21 For example, Z 1 and / or Z 2 This may be a chloride or bromide. As a coupling partner, Z 1 or Z 2 It can be activated in situ by a reducing zinc reagent, such as zinc metal. The compound of formula X(a) can be reacted with compound 101 under conjugate addition conditions.

[0641] In Scheme 1, P 1 H, R 15 Alternatively, it is an N-protecting group. For example, P 1 This is the parent structure (for example, P 1 This may be an N-protecting group that forms an amino or amide with a tetrahydropyran (such as tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl ("THP")). 1 If H, then R 15 This is done by conventional means, for example, by primary halides (e.g., R 15 R 1If it is a protected precursor, it can be added by nucleophilic addition of the parent structure to a halide such as 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran. 1 If P contains pyran, the pyran can be removed by conventional pyran deprotection conditions, for example, as described herein or as known in the art. 1 If it is not H, then P 1 These can be added by conventional means, for example, by protecting group chemistry as described herein, or as known in the art. For example, P 1 This can be added to dihydro-2H-pyran by acid-catalyzed addition of the parent structure.

[0642] In Scheme 1, R 15 R 1 or R 1 Derivatives of, for example, R 1 It is a protective derivative of R. In some embodiments, 15 R 1 It is a hydroxyl-protected derivative of R. For example, R 1 Examples of hydroxyl-protected derivatives include silyl ethers, acetates, benzyl, benzoyl, acetonide, or tetrahydropyranyl derivatives (e.g., R 1 If R is ethane-2-ol, 15 Examples include 2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethyl. In some embodiments, R 15 R 1 Protecting diols corresponding to the diol (e.g., R 1 If it contains vicinaldiol, R 15 (This includes dioxolane.)

[0643] In Scheme 1, A 1 A is A or a derivative thereof. 1 Derivatives of A may further include substituents on A that can be derived by oxidation, reduction and / or protection (e.g., A 1(A can contain cyano substituents, and A can contain amides). For example, A 1 This may be pyrrolidine-1-yl, for example, (R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl or (3S,4S)-3-hydroxy-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl.

[0644] In Scheme 1, E 1 is either E or a derivative thereof, or E 1 E may be H. 1 The derivative of E is a leaving group or a suitable coupling partner (e.g., E 1 This may include halos (for example, bromo or iodine). 1 Derivatives of E in may further include substituents on which E can be derived by oxidation, reduction and / or protection (e.g., E 1 (E may contain a cyano substituent, and E may contain an amide). Compounds of formula X(b) can be reacted with compound 102 or compound 104 under nucleophilic aromatic substitution conditions or copper coupling conditions as described herein or known in the art. In some embodiments, E 1 This can include phenyl, pyridazine-4-yl, pyrimidine-4-yl, pyrimidine-6-yl, pyridine-2-yl, pyridine-3-yl, or pyridine-4-yl. In some embodiments, L 1 -E 11 is 4-bromopyridine-2-yl, 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-fluoropyridine, 3-bromo-5-iodopyridine, 1-bromo-3-iodobenzene, 5-bromo-3-chloropyridazine, or 4,6-dichloropyrimidine. When compound X(b) is directly converted to formula X(d), formula X(b) can be reacted with compound 104. In such embodiments, G 1 -L 2 -E 11 This may be 4-(2-fluoro-4-pyridyl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole or 4-(6-chloropyridazine-4-yl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole.

[0645] In Scheme 1, E 11 E is formed by a reaction with compound 102 or compound 104 to the parent structure of formula X(b). 1 E is suitable for adding 1 It is a derivative of [formula]. For example, the compound of formula X(b) can be reacted with compound 102 or compound 104 under nucleophilic substitution conditions, for example, under nucleophilic aromatic substitution conditions.

[0646] In Scheme 1, L 1 and L 2 Each of them independently is either a part or derivative of L, or L 1 It may be H, or L 2 L is also acceptable. 1 The portion of L or its derivative is the remaining portion of L or G 1 A hydrogen atom can be included at the bond point (for example, if L contains an oxygen or nitrogen atom bonded to the parent structure, A 1 -L 1 (This may be the corresponding hydroxyl, amine, or -C(O)NH2). 1 The L portion or derivative in is G 1 The bond site can contain a protecting group (for example, a hydroxyl protecting group such as p-nitrophenoxycarbonyl or tetrahydropyran, or an amine protecting group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl). In some embodiments, L 1 or L 2 It does not need to exist.

[0647] In Scheme 1, L 11 It reacts with compound 103 to form the parent structure of formula X(c) L 2 L is suitable for adding 2 It is a derivative of L. 11The coupling partner or leaving group may be a suitable coupling partner or leaving group (e.g., boronic acid, boronic acid esters such as 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl, pseudohalides, or halides such as chloro, bromo, or iodine). For example, the compound of formula X(c) can be reacted with compound 103 under coupling conditions such as nucleophilic substitution conditions, for example, under nucleophilic aromatic substitution conditions, or under palladium coupling conditions or copper coupling conditions. In some embodiments, L 11 It is hydrogen.

[0648] In Scheme 1, G 1 is G or a derivative of G. A derivative of G is T 1 , T 2 , T 3 , T 4 , T 5 , and / or T 6 (「T 1 ~T 6 It may contain one or more parts suitable for adding a ) and / or a derivative of G may contain a nitrogen or oxygen protecting group (e.g., THP). Thus, a derivative of G may contain an amine (e.g., a cyclic amine in which G contains piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or pyrrolidinyl) or a protected amine (e.g., one containing a tert-butoxycarbonyl protecting group). 1 The conversion from to G is T 1 ~T 6 This includes substitution reactions at the carbonyl or sulfonyl moiety of carbonates, carbamates, ureas, or sulfonamides (e.g., G 1 If it contains an amine, G 1 The amine is T 1 ~T 6 It can form a sulfamoyl chloride or acyl chloride (which can be added to the corresponding sulfamoyl chloride or acyl chloride). 1 The conversion from to G can be alternatively done with T 1 ~T 6 Some of these may include nucleophilic substitution reactions (e.g., Sn1 or Sn2 type reactions). For example, T 1 ~T 6If the compound contains an α-carbonyl, the reaction may proceed by Sn2 substitution of a pseudohalide (e.g., a sulfonate such as (3-cyanobicyclo[1.1.1]pentan-1-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzene sulfonate) or a halide (e.g., a bromo such as tert-butyl 2-bromoacetate).

[0649] In Scheme 1, R 21 is H, or R 2 A protective derivative of or a suitable coupling partner (e.g., a pseudohalide, or a halide such as chloro, bromo, or iodine), or R 21 is R 2 That is the case.

[0650] In Scheme 1, R 31 is R 3 That is the case.

[0651] Conjugate Additional Conditions In appropriate cases, for example, compound 101(OH-A 1 When -H) is added to the compound of formula X(a), a conjugate addition reaction can be carried out. The conjugate addition reaction is carried out under nucleophilic addition conditions (e.g., in the presence of a base or carbonate such as triethylamine or N,N-diisopropyl-N-ethylamine, or potassium carbonate), in a suitable solvent (e.g., a polar aprotic solvent, tetrahydrofuran, DMF, etc.), and optionally in an inert atmosphere. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 20 to 100°C for about 10 minutes to about 7 days. Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means. In some embodiments, compound 101 is (R)-pyrrolidine-3-ol or (3S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-3-ol, or a salt thereof.

[0652] Nucleophilic aromatic substitution conditions In appropriate cases, for example, compound 102(L 1 -E 11When ) is added to the compound of formula X(b), a nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction can be carried out. The nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction is carried out under nucleophilic addition conditions (e.g., in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride or cesium carbonate), in a suitable solvent (e.g., a polar aprotic solvent, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, DMF, etc.), and optionally in an inert atmosphere. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 20 to 120°C for about 10 minutes to about 7 days. The conditions may include a discrete deprotonation step (e.g., when the base is sodium hydride). Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means. In some embodiments, compound 102 is 2-fluoropyridine, 3-fluoropyridine, or 4-fluoropyridine (e.g., 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-fluoropyridine).

[0653] Palladium coupling conditions Where appropriate, for example, compounds of formula X(a), formula X(b), formula X(c), or formula X(d), Z 1 , Z 2 , E 11 , L 1 , L 11 or G 1One of the following is a suitable coupling partner, such as compound 102, compound 103, or compound 104 containing a pseudohalide or halide (e.g., chloro), or a zinc reagent (e.g., zinc cyanide), which is reacted under standard metal-catalyzed cross-coupling conditions (e.g., using a palladium catalyst) in a suitable solvent (e.g., toluene, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dioxane, acetonitrile, water, etc.), and optionally under an inert atmosphere. The coupling reaction is carried out in an inert solvent, such as an aqueous solution of 1,4-dioxane or N,N-dimethylformamide, in the presence of a weak base, such as pyridine, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, or sodium tert-butoxide. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 60–160°C for about 10 minutes to about 24 hours, in the presence of a metal catalyst, such as tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II), or dichloro1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenepalladium(II), ruphos palladacycle GEN4, and optionally with a suitable ligand (e.g., 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), and optionally under microwave irradiation. The reactants may be sealed. Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means.

[0654] Copper coupling conditions In appropriate cases, for example, E 1 or Z 2A compound of formula X(b) containing a suitable coupling partner, such as a halide (e.g., chloro, bromo, or iodine), is reacted under copper-catalyzed cross-coupling conditions, optionally in a suitable solvent under an inert atmosphere, to form formula X(c) or X(d). The coupling reaction is carried out in an inert solvent, such as toluene or DMF, in the presence of a weak base, such as cesium carbonate, optionally in a sealed container. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 60 to 150°C for about 10 minutes to about 24 hours, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst (e.g., copper(I) iodide (cuprous iodide)) and optionally with a suitable ligand (e.g., 3,4,7,8-tetramethyl-1,10-phenanthroline). Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means.

[0655] Nucleophilic aromatic substitution conditions Where appropriate, for example, when converting a compound of formula X(d) to a compound of formula (I), a nucleophilic substitution reaction can be carried out. The nucleophilic substitution reaction is carried out under nucleophilic addition conditions (e.g., in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, sodium tert-butoxide, or cesium carbonate), in a suitable solvent (e.g., polar aprotic solvents, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, DMF, etc.), and optionally in an inert atmosphere. The reaction is typically carried out at a temperature of about 20 to 160°C for about 10 minutes to about 7 days. The conditions may include a discrete deprotonation step (e.g., when the base is sodium hydride) and can proceed at 78°C to 0°C. Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means. In some embodiments, T 1 ~T 6 The corresponding electrophiles are primary pseudohalides (e.g., phenylsulfonyl) or halides (e.g., bromo).

[0656] Pyran Deprotection Conditions In appropriate cases, for example, a compound of formula X(c) or X(d) may be, for example, P 1 or R 15If the compound contains a pyran protecting group, the compound is reacted in a suitable solvent (e.g., 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, water, methanol, ethanol, etc.), possibly under an inert atmosphere, under standard acid-catalyzed deprotection conditions (e.g., using a Lewis acid or protic acid), to R 15 or R 1 This can form a compound. The reaction typically takes place at a temperature of about 0 to 100°C for about 10 minutes to about 24 hours in the presence of an acid catalyst, such as HCl or trifluoroacetic acid. Once the reaction is substantially complete, the product is isolated by conventional means. In some embodiments, the starting material for pyran deprotection can be carried over from the previous step without purification.

[0657] Those skilled in the art will understand that any of the compounds of formula X(a), X(b), or X(c) may be available from commercial suppliers for specific embodiments. Alternative synthesis of the compounds of formula X(a), X(b), or X(c) may be as described herein or as known to those skilled in the art.

[0658] Intermediate 1 [ka]

[0659] Step 1: Preparation of 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 2: 4,5-dichloropyridazin-3(2H)-one (1, 30 g, 182 mmol) and tosic acid (1.6 g, 9.1 mmol) were combined in a 250 mL flask, and tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added. Then, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (18.4 g, 218 mmol) was added via syringe, and the reaction mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. LC-MS analysis showed the conversion to the product and the residual starting materials. The reaction mixture was concentrated on 50 g of silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (120 g column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (2). MS(ESI)[M+H + -THP] + =248.9.

[0660] Step 2: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 3: 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (2, 9.35 g, 37.5 mmol) and (R)-pyrrolidine-3-ol hydrochloride (5.6 g, 45.0 mmol) were added to a 250 mL round-bottom flask. Then, potassium carbonate (15.6 g, 113 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. LC-MS analysis showed conversion to the desired product. The reaction product was concentrated on 40 g of silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (40 g column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one(3). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =300.2.

[0661] Intermediate 2 [ka]

[0662] Step 1: Preparation of 5-((R)-3-((4-bromopyrrolidine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 4: 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (3, 4.0 g, 13.3 mmol), 4-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (2.8 g, 16.0 mmol), cesium carbonate (8.7 g, 26.7 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL) were added to a 250 mL round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 80°C for 18 hours. LC-MS analysis showed conversion to the desired product. The reaction product was concentrated on 20 g of silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (120 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 5-((R)-3-((4-bromopyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one(4). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =455.1.

[0663] Example 1 [ka]

[0664] Step 1: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-fluoro-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 5: 4,5-dichloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (2, 7.2 g, 28.9 mmol) and (3S,4S)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-3-ol hydrochloride (4.5 g, 31.8 mmol) were added to a 250 mL round-bottom flask. Then, potassium carbonate (16.0 g, 116 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. LC-MS analysis showed conversion to the desired product. The reaction product was concentrated on 40 g of silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (120 g column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-fluoro-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one(5). MS(ESI)[M+H + -THP] + =234.1.

[0665] Step 2: Preparation of 5-[(3S,4S)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one 6: 4-chloro-5-[(3S,4S)-3-fluoro-4-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (5, 4.0 g, 12.6 mmol), 4-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (2.7 g, 15.1 mmol), cesium carbonate (8.2 g, 25.2 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (50 ml) were added to a 250 mL round-bottom flask. The reaction mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 80°C for 18 hours. LC-MS analysis showed conversion to the desired product. The reaction product was concentrated on 20 g of silica gel and purified by normal-phase chromatography (120 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 5-[(3S,4S)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (6). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =473.0.

[0666] Step 3: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one 7: In a 250 mL round-bottom flask, 5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-bromopyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro 2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (6, 4.6 g, 9.8 mmol), 3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (3.3 g, 14.7 mmol), and dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (772 mg, 0.98 mmol) were mixed with 29 ml of 1 M potassium carbonate in water. The reaction mixture was immediately heated to 100°C in an oil bath preheated to 100°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated on 20 g of silica gel. The reaction mixture was purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (120 g silica column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain the intermediate product. Next, this substance was dissolved in 20 mL of dichloromethane, hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 20 mL, 80 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (7). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =406.2.

[0667] Step 4: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0179): 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (7, 4.0 g, 9.9 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (40 mL), and potassium carbonate (2.7 g, 19.7 mmol) was added. Next, 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (2.7 g, 12.8 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C for 15 hours. LC-MS showed conversion to 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(2-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)ethyl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one. Solid potassium carbonate was filtered off, and the crude reaction mixture was mixed with hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 20 mL, 80 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 20 mL of methanol and concentrated on 60 g of silica gel. Next, this substance was purified by reverse-phase flash chromatography (415 g C18 column, 0-45% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification still yielded an impure product. Next, the substance was purified by normal-phase chromatography (40 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane). This purification yielded 4-chloro-5-((3S,4S)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)-4-fluoropyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (P-0179). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =450.1.

[0668] Example 2 [ka]

[0669] Step 1: Preparation of 4,5-dibromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 9: 4,5-dibromo-1H-pyridazin-6-one (8, 1.00 g, 3.95 mmol), 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (1.00 g, 11.9 mmol), DCE (25 ml), and PTSA monohydrate (0.195 g, 1.03 mmol) were loaded into a screw-cap reaction vessel. The reaction vessel was sealed and stirred in an oil bath at 70°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, extracted with ethyl acetate and water, and filtered twice to remove fine particles. The organic layer was separated, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. Volatile substances were removed by rotary evaporation, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (40 g silica gel column, 0-60% ethyl acetate in hexane). This purification yielded 4,5-dibromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (9). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =338.8.

[0670] Step 2: Preparation of 4-bromo-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 10: 4,5-dibromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (9, 0.43 g, 1.27 mmol) was placed in a round-bottom flask, to which (3R)-pyrrolidine-3-ol hydrochloride (0.189 g, 1.53 mmol) was added, followed by the addition of N,N-dimethylformamide (10 ml). Triethylamine (0.27 ml, 1.91 mmol) was added to this solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 days. All volatile substances were removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was extracted with ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was extracted four more times by TLC until the aqueous layer no longer contained any product. The combined organic layers were dried on magnesium sulfate and filtered. Volatile substances were removed by rotational evaporation, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (24 g silica gel column, 0-6% methanol in dichloromethane). This purification yielded 4-bromo-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (10). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =344.0.

[0671] Step 3: Preparation of 4-bromo-5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one 11: Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 25 mg, 0.62 mmol) was added to 4-bromo-5-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (10 ml, 195 mg, 0.567 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 ml). After gas generation ceased, 4-(2-fluoro-4-pyridyl)-3,5-dimethyl-isoxazole (122 mg, 0.635 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred in an oil bath under an argon atmosphere at 60°C for 6 hours, followed by stirring at 80°C for a further 17 hours. Volatile reaction substances were removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was dry-loaded onto silica from THF / MeOH and purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (24 g column, 50-100% ethyl acetate in hexane). This purification yielded 4-bromo-5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (11). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =515.5.

[0672] Step 4: Preparation of 5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3-one 12: Methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-fluorosulfonyl acetate (79 mg, 0.41 mmol) and 4-bromo-5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (11, 101 mg, 0.196 mmol) were added to N,N-dimethylformamide (2 ml), to which copper(I) iodide (122 mg, 0.383 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 100°C for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and diluted with THF. The THF-insoluble substances were precipitated, and the soluble fraction was dry-loaded onto silica gel and purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (12 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane). This purification yielded 5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazine-3-one (12). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =506.1.

[0673] Step 5: Preparation of (R)-5-(3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0053): Dichloromethane (5 ml) was added to a round-bottom flask containing 5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazin-3-one (12, 6.0 mg, 0.01 mmol), followed by the addition of trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 ml, 6.53 mmol). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The volatile substances were removed under reduced pressure to obtain (R)-5-(3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (P-0053). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =422.0.

[0674] Example 3 [ka]

[0675] Step 1: Preparation of 5-((R)-3-((4-bromo-5-chloropyrrolidine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 13: In a vial, 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (3, 0.30 g, 1.0 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.27 g, 4.0 mmol) were mixed in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 ml), to which 4-bromo-5-chloro-2-fluoropyridine (0.27 g, 1.28 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove cesium carbonate. Volatile substances were removed under vacuum. This substance was directly loaded onto silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (12g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane). This purification yielded 5-((R)-3-((4-bromo-5-chloropyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (13). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =488.8.

[0676] Step 2: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-((5-chloro-4-(4-(pyrrolidine-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one 14: In a 10 mL microwave vial, 5-[(3R)-3-[(4-bromo-5-chloro-2-pyridyl)oxy]pyridazine in 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) Lysine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (13 mg, 50 mg, 0.1 mmol), (4-pyrrolidine-1-ylsulfonylphenyl)boronic acid (40 mg, 0.16 mmol), and dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (15 mg, 0.019 mmol) were mixed with 1 ml of 1 M potassium carbonate in water (1 mmol). The reaction mixture was immediately heated to 100°C in an oil bath preheated to 100°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the temperature for 5 minutes. Water and ethyl acetate were added to the cooled reaction mixture. The organic layer was separated, washed with water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. Volatile substances were removed under vacuum on 5 g of silica gel. The crude product was then purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (12 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane). This purification yielded 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-[[5-chloro-4-(4-pyrrolidine-1-ylsulfonylphenyl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (14). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =620.0.

[0677] Step 3: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((5-chloro-4-(4-(pyrroridine-1-ylsulfonylphenyl)phenyl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0250): In a 40 mL vial, hydrochloric acid (4M in 1,4-dioxane, 9 mL, 36 mmol) was added to 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-[[5-chloro-4-(4-pyrroridine-1-ylsulfonylphenyl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (14, 40 mg, 0.064 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Volatile substances were removed under vacuum. The crude substance was directly purified by preparative HPLC (C18 column, 0-60% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification yielded (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((5-chloro-4-(4-(pyrrolidine-1-ylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0250). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =535.9.

[0678] Example 4 [ka]

[0679] Step 1: Preparation of 5-[(3R)-3-(3-bromophenoxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one 15: 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (3, 0.30 g, 1.0 mmol), 1-bromo-3-iodobenzene (0.19 ml, 1.5 mmol), cuprous iodide (10 mg, 0.05 mmol), 3,4,7,8-tetramethyl-1,10-phenanthroline (24 mg, 0.1 mmol), cesium carbonate (489 mg, 1.5 mmol), and toluene (5 ml) were added to a 20 mL microwave vial. The vial was sealed, degassed, and stirred at 120°C for 18 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was poured onto brine and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and evaporated over silica gel. The reaction product was purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (24 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 5-[(3R)-3-(3-bromophenoxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (15). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =453.9.

[0680] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-(3-(1,3,5trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)phenoxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0200): In a 5 mL microwave vial, add 5-[(3R)-3-(3-bromophenoxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-pyridazin-3-one (15, 0.15 g, 0.33 ml) 0.12 g, 0.50 mmol) of 1,3,5-trimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazole, 0.026 g, 0.033 mmol of dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct, 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution (0.66 ml, 0.66 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) were added. The vial was sealed and irradiated at 100°C for 30 minutes. The reaction product was filtered, evaporated on silica gel, and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-70% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification yielded a THP-protected intermediate. The protected intermediate was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and treated with hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 0.80 ml, 3.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and evaporated to dryness to obtain (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-(3-(1,3,5-trimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)phenoxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0200). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =400.0.

[0681] Example 5 [ka]

[0682] Step 1: Preparation of 4-(6-chloropyridazin-4-yl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole 17: 5-bromo-3-chloropyridazine (16, 0.1 g, 0.52 mmol), 3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (0.14 g, 0.62 mmol), dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (0.04 g, 0.05 mmol), 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution (1.03 ml), and 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) were added to a 5 mL microwave vial. The vial was sealed, degassed, and irradiated at 100°C for 30 minutes. The reaction product was evaporated on silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-70% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain 4-(6-chloropyridazin-4-yl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole (17). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =210.0.

[0683] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridazin-3-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0160): 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (3, 0.10 g, 0.33 mmol), 4-(6-chloropyridazin-4-yl)-3,5-dimethylisoxazole (17, 0.070 g, 0.33 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) were added to a 20 mL scintillation vial. Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 16 mg, 0.67 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction product was evaporated on silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-70% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain a THP-protected intermediate. The THP-protected intermediate was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), treated with hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 0.83 mL, 3.3 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction product was evaporated on silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((5-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridazin-3-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0160). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =389.0.

[0684] Example 6 [ka]

[0685] Step 1: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-((6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 18: In a 250 mL round-bottom flask, 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (3, 3.0 g, 10.0 mmol), 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (2.98 g, 20.0 mmol), and N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL) were combined. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, and sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.48 g, 20.0 mmol) was added in portions. The reaction mixture was stirred while slowly warming to room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into cold saturated ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, filtered, and evaporated on silica gel. The product was isolated by normal-phase flash column chromatography (40 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate in hexane) to obtain 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-(6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl)oxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (18). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =412.0.

[0686] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((6-(3-(methoxymethyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-yl)pyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 19: In a 5 mL microwave vial, 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-(6-chloropyrimidine-4-yl)oxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-pyridazin- 3-one (18, 0.10 g, 0.24 mmol), [3-(methoxymethyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-yl]boronic acid (0.050 g, 0.29 mmol), dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (0.020 g, 0.02 mmol), 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution (0.49 mL, 0.49 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) were combined. The vial was placed under a nitrogen atmosphere and irradiated at 100°C for 40 minutes. The reaction mixture was evaporated on silica gel, and the THP-protected intermediate was isolated by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-70% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). The intermediate was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), treated with hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 0.61 mL, 2.4 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL), and purified by reverse-phase column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((6-(3-(methoxymethyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-yl)pyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (19). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =419.0.

[0687] Step 3: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(3-((6-(3-(methoxymethyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-yl)pyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0126): In a 20 mL scintillation vial, (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((6-(3-(methoxymethyl)-5 Methylisoxazole-4-yl)pyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (19 ml, 0.040 g, 0.080 mmol), N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL), potassium carbonate (0.020 g, 0.17 mmol), and 2-(2-bromoethoxy)tetrahydro-2H-pyran (0.030 ml, 0.17 mmol) were combined. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 0.42 mL, 1.68 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated on silica gel, and the product was isolated by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain (R)-4-chloro-2-(2-hydroxyethyl)-5-(3-((6-(3-(methoxymethyl)-5-methylisoxazole-4-yl)pyrimidine-4-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (P-0126). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =463.0.

[0688] Example 7 [ka]

[0689] Step 1: Preparation of (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((4-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one 20: In a 5 mL dry microwave vial, add 5-[(3R)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2-yl-pyridazin-3-one (4, 0.30 g, 0.6 6 mmol) of tert-butylpiperazine-1-carboxylate (0.25 g, 1.32 mmol), (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-1,1'-biphenyl)[2-(2-aminoethyl)phenyl)], palladium(II) chloride (0.050 g, 0.07 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.32 g, 0.99 mmol), and 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) were added. The vial was sealed and heated in an oil bath at 80°C for 12 hours. The reaction product was evaporated on silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (50 g C18 column, 0-70% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain a bis-protected intermediate. This substance was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and treated with hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 0.82 ml, 3.3 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, the reaction was evaporated to dryness to obtain (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((4-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (20). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =377.0.

[0690] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-4-(2-((1-(5-chloro-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-4-yl)pyrrolidine-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)-N-cyclopropylpiperazine-1-sulfonamide (P-0231): (R)-4-chloro-5-(3-((4-(piperazine-1-yl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (20, 0.050 g, 0.11 mmol), pyridine (0.88 ml, 10.9 mmol), and N-cyclopropylsulfamoyl chloride (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to a 20 mL scintillation vial. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction product was evaporated on silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain (R)-4-(2-((1-(5-chloro-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-4-yl)pyrrolidine-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)-N-cyclopropylpiperazine-1-sulfonamide (P-0231). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =496.0.

[0691] Example 8 [ka]

[0692] Step 1: Preparation of 5-((R)-3-((4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenyl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one 21: In a 20 mL microwave vial, 5-[(3R)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2 in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) Tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (4, 0.50 g, 1.1 mmol), 3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)aniline (0.46 g, 1.9 mmol), and dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (0.15 g, 0.19 mmol) were mixed with 5 mL of 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution. The reaction mixture was immediately heated to 100°C in an oil bath preheated to 100°C. The reaction was completed in less than 5 minutes. The reaction product was concentrated on 10 g of silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (50 g C18 column, 0-60% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain 5-((R)-3-((4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenyl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one(21). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =486.0.

[0693] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-N-(4-(2-((1-(5-chloro-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazin-4-yl)pyrrolidine-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)-3-fluorophenyl)benzamide (P-0216): 5-((R)-3-((4-(4-amino-2-fluorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazin-3(2H)-one (21, 40 mg, 0.082 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL), and triethylamine (25 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added. Benzoyl chloride (14 mg, 0.099 mmol) was added all at once while vigorously stirring at room temperature, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Hydrochloric acid (4M in 1,4-dioxane, 2 mL, 8 mmol) was added to the crude reaction product, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction product was then concentrated on 10 g of silica gel and purified by reverse-phase chromatography (50 g C18 column, 0-60% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification yielded (R)-N-(4-(2-((1-(5-chloro-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazine-4-yl)pyrrolidine-3-yl)oxy)pyridine-4-yl)-3-fluorophenyl)benzamide (P-0216). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =506.0.

[0694] Example 9 [ka]

[0695] Step 1: Preparation of 5,5'-((3R,3'R)-(pyridine-3,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(pyrrolidine-3,1-diyl))bis(4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one)22 in a vial, 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) Lahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one (3,500 mg, 1.67 mmol), cuprous iodide (20.0 mg, 0.11 mmol), and 3,4,7,8-tetramethyl-1,10-phenanthroline (0.04 ml, 0.17 mmol) were mixed with 3-bromo-5-iodopyridine (500 mg, 1.76 mmol) and cesium carbonate (850 mg, 2.61 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100°C for 16 hours. Three products, including a small amount of the target product, were detected. The crude reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated on silica gel. This substance was then purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (24 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate gradient in dichloromethane). This purification yielded 5,5'-((3R,3'R)-(pyridine-3,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(pyrrolidine-3,1-diyl))bis(4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one)(22). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =674.1.

[0696] Step 2: Preparation of 5,5'-((3R,3'R)-(pyridine-3,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(pyrroridine-3,1-diyl))bis(4-chloropyridazine-3(2H)-one) (P-0165): In a 40 mL vial, hydrochloric acid (4M in 1,4-dioxane, 6 mL, 24 mmol) was added to 5,5'-((3R,3'R)-(pyridine-3,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(pyrroridine-3,1-diyl))bis(4-chloro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one) (22, 40 mg, 0.060 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The volatile substances were removed under reduced pressure, and the substance was dissolved in 2 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide. This substance was then purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification yielded 5,5'-((3R,3'R)-(pyridine-3,5-diylbis(oxy))bis(pyrrolidine-3,1-diyl))bis(4-chloropyridazine-3(2H)-one)(P-0165). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =505.9.

[0697] Example 10 [ka]

[0698] Step 1: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one 23: In a 10 mL microwave vial, 5-[(3R)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydro Pyran-2-ylpyridazin-3-one (4, 0.20 g, 0.44 mmol), 3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoxazole (0.20 g, 0.90 mmol), and dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (0.050 g, 0.060 mmol) were mixed with 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution (2 mL, 2.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was immediately heated to 100°C in an oil bath preheated to 100°C. The reaction was completed in less than 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, and then dried over magnesium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated on silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (12 g silica gel column, 0-100% ethyl acetate gradient in dichloromethane). This purification yielded 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (23). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =472.3.

[0699] Step 2: Preparation of (R)-5-(3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydropyridazine-4-carbonitrile (P-0065): In a vial, 4-chloro-5-((R)-3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)pyridazine-3(2H)-one (23, 156 mg, 0.33 mmol) was mixed with N,N-dimethylacetamide (5 mL). The solution was degassed by bubbling with argon. To this solution, zinc powder (10 mg, 0.15 mmol), 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphin)ferrocene (16 mg, 0.030 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (15 mg, 0.030 mmol), and zinc cyanide (50 mg, 0.43 mmol) were added under argon at room temperature. The mixture was heated at 120°C for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine and then dried over magnesium sulfate. This solution was concentrated on silica gel and purified by normal-phase flash column chromatography (12 g silica gel column, 0-80% ethyl acetate gradient in dichloromethane, followed by a 0-10% methanol gradient in dichloromethane). The crude THP-protected product was recovered, the residue was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL), and hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane, 8 mL, 32 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction product was concentrated and then dissolved in 2 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide. This solution was purified by reverse-phase flash column chromatography (30 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H) to obtain (R)-5-(3-((4-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-yl)pyridine-2-yl)oxy)pyrrolidine-1-yl)-3-oxo-2,3-dihydropyridazine-4-carbonitrile (P-0065). MS(ESI)[M+H + ] + =379.3.

[0700] Example 11 [ka]

[0701] Step 1: Preparation of 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-ylpyridazine-3-one 24: In a 250 mL round-bottom flask, add 5-[(3R)-3-[(4-bromo-2-pyridyl)oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-4-chloro-2-tetrahydropyran-2 in 1,4-dioxane (50 ml). -Ilpyridazin-3-one (4, 2.0 g, 4.39 mmol), 3,5-dimethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (1.46 g, 6.6 mmol), and dichloro(1,1-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene)palladium(II)acetone adduct (0.35 g, 0.44 mmol) were mixed with 13 mL of 1 M potassium carbonate aqueous solution (13 mmol). The reaction mixture was immediately heated to 100°C in an oil bath preheated to 100°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100°C for 4 hours. Next, the reaction product was concentrated on 50 g of silica gel and purified by reverse-phase flash chromatography (150 g C18 column, 0-50% B, A: 99.9% H2O, 0.1% HCO2H, B: 99.9% CH3CN, 0.1% HCO2H). This purification yielded 4-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-[[4-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-4-yl)-2-pyridyl]oxy]pyrrolidine-1-yl]-2-tetrahydropyran-2-y...

Claims

1. Compounds having formula II, 【Chemistry 1】 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, or deuteride thereof, wherein the formula, E is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and E is composed of 0 to 3 Qs and 0 to 1 R. １１ It is substituted with, however, if E is pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, O is not bonded to the heteroatom of E. L does not exist; it is either -N(H)- or -O-. m is between 0 and 2. G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 4 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ Cycloalkyl substituted with (b) 0 to 4 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ Cycloalkenyl substituted with, (c) 0 to 4 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ A bridged carbon ring substituted with (d) A carbocyclic spiro ring containing two cycloalkyl groups bonded by one common spiro carbon atom, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring is substituted with 0 to 4 Ts １ and 0 to 1 T ２ and is a carbocyclic spiro ring substituted with (e) A heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 3 T ５ , 0 to 1 T ６ A heterocyclic spiro ring that is substituted with (f) 0 to 4 T １ and 0 to 1 T ４ Phenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 4 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ Heterocycloalkyl substituted with, (h) 0 to 4 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ Heterocycloalkenyl substituted with, (i) 0 to 4 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (j) 0 to 3 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ Heteroaryl substituted with, It is one of them, Each Q is independently a halogen, CN, or an alkyl which may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogens. Each T １ These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1 to 3 R atoms. ｂ Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R ｂ Alkenyls that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R ｂ Alkynyl, CN, cyanoalkyl, which may be substituted with R ｂ An alkoxy which may be substituted with, or 1 to 3 R ｂ It is an alkoxyalkyl which may be substituted with T ２ is, -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)R １０ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)H, -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R １０ , 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～３ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ may be replaced by -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -phenyl, or -(CH ５ ) ２ which may be substituted with 1 to 3 Z ０～３ and is heteroaryl T ３ is -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)N(R ８ )R ９ 、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R ８ )R ９ 、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)OR ９ 、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -cycloalkyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -cycloalkenyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -heterocycloalkyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -heterocycloalkenyl、-O-heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with 4-chloropyridazin-3-one-5-yl、or -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -bridged carbocycle, wherein the -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -cycloalkyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -cycloalkenyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -heterocycloalkyl、-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -heterocycloalkenyl、or -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -bridged carbocycle may each be substituted with 1 to 3 Z ５ and 0 to ₁ Z １ , provided that when T ３ is bonded to the heteroatom of G, G cannot be bonded to the oxygen or nitrogen atom of T ３ . T ４ is - (CH ２ ), ０～３ C(O)OR ９ - (CH ２ ), ０～３ - N(R ９ ), C(O)R ８ - (CH ２ ), ０～３ - N(R ９ ), SO ２ - R ７ - (CH ２ ), ０～３ - SO ２ - R ７ - (CH ２ ), ０～３ - SO ２ N(R ８ ), R ９ - (CH ２ ), ０～３ - N(R ９ ), C(O)N(R ８ ), R ９ or N(R ａ ), ２ and is Each T ５ These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1 to 3 R atoms. ｂ Alkyl that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R ｂ Alkenyls that may be substituted with, 1 to 3 R ｂ Alkynyl, CN, cyanoalkyl, which may be substituted with R ｂ An alkoxy which may be substituted with, or 1 to 3 R ｂ It is an alkoxyalkyl which may be substituted with, however, T ５ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T ５ These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1 to 3 Rs. ｂ It cannot be an alkoxy that is substituted with, T ６ is, -(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)-N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -C(O)R １０ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～３ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R １０ -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～３ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ Heterocycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～３ Heteroaryl or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T ６ If it is bonded to a heteroatom of G, then G is T ６ It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, R ａ is H or alkyl, R ｂ Halogen, CN, CF ３ or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R ｂ ga CF ３ Even if that is the case, R １ These are H, C1-C4 alkoxy C1-C4 alkyl, C2-C4 alkenyl substituted with 1-3 Z2 atoms, or C2-C4 alkyl substituted with 1-3 Z2 atoms. R ２ These are H, halogen, or CN. R ３ H is, Each R ４ These are independently halogens, CNs, or alkyl groups which may be substituted with 1 to 3 halogens. R ７ This is 1 to 4 Z ４ Alkyl which may be substituted with, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ It is an alkyl-heterocycloalkyl, R ８ H, 1 to 4 Z ４ Alkyl which may be substituted with, 1 to 4 Z ４ Alkenyls that may be substituted with 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-heteroaryl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-heterocycloalkyl, or 0 to 5 T １ It is a bridged carbon ring substituted with, Each R ９ These are independently H or 1 to 4 Z ４ It is an alkyl which may be substituted with R １０ This is 0 to 4 Z ４ Alkyl substituted with, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ It is an alkyl-heterocycloalkyl, R １１ NH ２ And, Z １ is cyanoalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)-N(R ８ ) R ９ However, Z １ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, １ is C(O)OR ９ Instead, Each Z ２ These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, and NH ２ or CN, provided that there is one or fewer Z ２ NH ２ Even if that is the case, Each Z ３ These are independently alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxyl, alkoxyalkyl, or CN. Each Z ４ These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, alkoxyl, or CN. Each Z ５ The elements are independently alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, halogen, alkoxyl, alkoxyalkyl, CN, or cyanoalkyl, provided that Z ５ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, ５ It is not a halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, or CN. Compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, or deuterides thereof.

2. The compound according to claim 1 having formula IIIa or IIIb, 【Chemistry 2】 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, or deuteride thereof, wherein the formula, E is substituted with 0 to 2 Qs, G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 3 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, (b) 0 to 3 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkenyl, (c) 0 to 3 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ A 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring substituted with (d) A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring comprising two cycloalkyl groups linked by one common spirocarbon, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring comprises 0 to 3 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted with (e) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 3 T ５ , 0 to 1 T ６ A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted by (f) 0 to 3 T １ and 0 to 1 T ４ Phenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 3 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ 4-6 member heterocycloalkyls substituted with (h) 0 to 3 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A 4-6 member heterocycloalkenyl substituted with (i) 0 to 3 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (j) 0 to 3 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ A 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with It is one of them, Each Q is independently a halogen, CN, or C which may be optionally substituted with one to three halogens. １ ~C ３ It is alkyl, Each T １ These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1 to 3 R atoms. ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ５ Alkenil, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ５ Alkinyl, CN, C １ ~C ６ Cyanoalkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkoxyl, or 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkoxy C １ ~C ６ It is alkyl, T ２ is, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)R １０ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)H, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R １０ , 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ - Phenyl, or 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ -5 to 6 member heteroaryls, T ３ is, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -O-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -5 to 9 membered crosslinked carbon rings, and the above-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon rings each have 1 to 3 Z ５ and 0 to 1 Z １ It may be replaced with, however, T ３ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then G is T ３ It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, T ４ is -(CH ２ ) ０～２ C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R ９ )C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R ９ )SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ N(R ８ )R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R ９ )C(O)N(R ８ )R ９ ,or N(R ａ ) ２ and Each T ５ These are independently halogens, hydroxyls, and 1 to 3 R atoms. ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ６ Alkenil, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ６ Alkinyl, CN, C １ ~C ６ Cyanoalkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkoxyl, or 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkoxy C １ ~C ６ It is alkyl, however, T ５ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T ５ These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1 to 3 Rs. ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ It cannot be an alkoxy, T ６ is, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)-N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)R １０ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R １０ -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ -C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ - 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl groups, 1-3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～３ -5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T ６ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then G is T ６ It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, R ａ is H or C １ ~C ６ It is alkyl, R ｂ Halogen, CN, CF ３ or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R ｂ ga CF ３ Even if that is the case, Each R ４ C may be independently substituted with halogen, CN, or one to three halogens. １ ~C ３ It is alkyl, R ７ This is 1 to 4 Z ４ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z groups ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ It is an alkyl-5 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, R ８ H, 1 to 4 Z ４ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ Alkyl, 1 to 4 Z ４ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ６ Alkenil, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, or 0 to 4 T １ It is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring that is substituted with Each R ９ These are independently H or 1 to 4 Z ４ C may be replaced with １ ~C ６ It is alkyl, R １０ This is 0 to 4 Z ４ C replaced by １ ~C ６ Alkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z groups ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ２ It is an alkyl-5 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, Z １ C １ ~C ６ Cyanoalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)-N(R ８ ) R ９ However, Z １ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, １ is -C(O)OR ９ Instead, Each Z ２ These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, and CN. Each Z ３ C is independent １ ~C ６ Alkyl, halogen, C １ ~C ６ Haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ６ Hydroxyalkyl, C １ ~C ６ Alkoxyl, or CN, Each Z ４ These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, and C １ ~C ６ Alkoxyl, or CN, Each Z ５ C is independent １ ~C ６ Alkyl, C １ ~C ６ Haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ６ Hydroxyalkyl, halogen, C １ ~C ６ Alkoxyl, CN, or C １ ~C ６ It is a cyanoalkyl, however, Z ５ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, ５ is halogen, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ６ Not alkoxyl or CN, Compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers, or deuterides thereof.

3. E is replaced by 0 to 1 Q, G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, (b) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkenyl, (c) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ A 5- to 9-membered bridged carbon ring substituted with (d) A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring comprising two cycloalkyl groups linked by one common spirocarbon, wherein the carbocyclic spiro ring comprises 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ A 5- to 9-membered carbocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted with (e) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 2 T ５ , 0 to 1 T ６ A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted by (f) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ４ Phenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ 4-6 member heterocycloalkyls substituted with (h) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A 4-6 member heterocycloalkenyl substituted with (i) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (j) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ A 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with It is one of them, Q may be independently substituted with a halogen, CN, or optionally with one to three halogens. １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, Each T １ However, independently, halogen, hydroxyl, and 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ４ Alkenil, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ４ Alkinyl, CN, C １ ~C ４ Cyanoalkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkoxyl, or 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkoxy C １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, T ２ However, - (CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) SO ２ N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)N(R ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)R １０ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)H, -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R) ９ ) C(O)R １０ , 1 to 3 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～２ C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～１ - Phenyl, or 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～１ -5 to 6 member heteroaryls, T ３ However, - (CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -N(R) ８ ) R ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -O-5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, which may be substituted with 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -5 to 9 membered crosslinked carbon rings, and the above-(CH ２ ) ０～２ -C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -5-6 member heterocycloalkyl, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -5 to 9-membered bridged carbon rings each have 1 to 3 Z ５ and 0 to 1 Z １ It may be replaced with, however, T ３ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then G is T ３ It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, T ４ is -(CH ２ ) ０～１ C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～1 -N(R ９ )C(O)R ８ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ -R ７ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ N(R ８ )R ９ ,-(CH<00​​​​​​​​​​​​​ Each T ５ These independently consist of halogens, hydroxyls, and 1 to 3 R atoms. ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ４ Alkenil, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with ２ ~C ４ Alkinyl, CN, C １ ~C ４ Cyanoalkyl, 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkoxyl, or 1 to 3 R ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkoxy C １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, however, T ５ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then T ５ These are halogens, hydroxyls, CNs, or 1 to 3 Rs. ｂ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ It cannot be an alkoxy, T ６ is -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )SO ２ -R ７ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ -R ７ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -SO ２ N(R ８ )R ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )SO ２ N(R ８ )R ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )C(O)N(R ８ )R ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )C(O)R ８ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )C(O)OR ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ８ )R ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)-N(R ８ )R ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)OR ９ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)R １０ , -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -N(R ９ )C(O)R １０ , -N(H)C(H)C=O, 1 to 4 Z ３ which may be substituted by -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C ３ ~C ６ cycloalkyl, 1 to 4 Z ３ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～1 - 5-6 member heterocycloalkyl groups, 1-3 Z ５ It may be replaced with - (CH ２ ) ０～１ -5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 4-chloropyridazine-3-on-5-yl, however, T ６ If it is bonded to the heteroatom of G, then G is T ６ It cannot bond to the oxygen or nitrogen atom, R ａ However, H or C １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, R ｂ However, F, Cl, C test, CF ３ or hydroxyl, provided that there is one or fewer R ｂ ga CF ３ Even if that is the case, Each R ４ C may be independently substituted with halogen, CN, or 1 to 3 halogens. １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, R ７ However, 1 to 3 Z ４ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ Alkyl, 1 to 3 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkyl-C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C ３ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z groups ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ It is an alkyl-5 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, R ８ is C which may be substituted by H, 1 to 3 Z ４ to C １ alkyl, C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ４ to C ４ alkenyl, C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ２ to C ４ alkyl-C ３ to C ０ cycloalkyl, C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z １ to C ３ alkyl-phenyl, C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ６ to C ３ alkyl-5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ０ to C １ alkyl-5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, or a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbocyclic ring substituted by 0 to 3 T ５ is C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ０ to C １ and is as follows ５ is C which may be substituted by 1 to 3 Z ０ to C １ alkyl-5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, or a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbocyclic ring substituted by 0 to 3 T １ and is a 5- to 9-membered bridged carbocyclic ring substituted by 0 to 3 T Each R ９ Independently, H, or 1 to 3 Z ４ C may be replaced with １ ~C ４ It is alkyl, R １０ However, 0 to 3 Z ４ C replaced by １ ~C ４ Alkyl, 1 to 3 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ Alkyl-C ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, 1 to 3 Z ３ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ Alkylphenyl, 1 to 3 Z ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ Alkyl-5 to 6-membered heteroaryl, or 1 to 3 Z groups ５ It may be replaced with -C ０ ~C １ It is an alkyl-5 to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, Z １ However, C １ ~C ４ Cyanoalkyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)OR ９ ,-(CH ２ ) ０～１ -C(O)-N(R ８ ) R ９ However, Z １ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, １ is -C(O)OR ９ Instead, Each Z ２ These are independently hydroxyl, halogen, or CN, Each Z ３ C １ ~C ４ Alkyl, halogen, C １ ~C ４ Haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ４ Hydroxyalkyl, C １ ~C ４ Alkoxyl, or CN, Each Z ４ These independently produce hydroxyl, halogen, and C １ ~C ４ Alkoxyl, or CN, Each Z ５ C １ ~C ４ Alkyl, C １ ~C ６ Haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ４ Hydroxyalkyl, halogen, C １ ~C ４ Alkoxyl, CN, or C １ ~C ４ It is a cyanoalkyl, however, Z ５ When Z is bonded to a heteroatom, ５ is halogen, hydroxyl, C １ ~C ４ A compound according to either claim 1 or 2, which is not an alkoxyl or CN.

4. R １ The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein is hydrogen.

5. R １ However, C １ ~C ４ Alkoxy C １ ~C ４ Alkyl, 1 to 3 Z ２ C replaced by ２ ~C ４ Alkenil, or 1 to 3 Z ２ C replaced by ２ ~C ４ A compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, 3, or 4, wherein the compound is alkyl.

6. R １ However, -CH ２ CH ２ OH, -CH ２ CH ２ CH ２ OH, -CH ２ CH(OH)CH ２ OH, or -CH ２ CH (CH ３ ) OH, R ２ However, Cl, Br, CF ３ , or CN, The compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, or 3.

7. R ２ The compound according to claim 6, wherein is Cl.

8. R １ However, it is H, R ２ However, Cl, Br, CF ３ , or CN, R ４ However, it is a halogen. The compound according to any one of claims 1, 2, or 3.

9. R ２ The compound according to claim 8, wherein is Cl.

10. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, having one of the following formulas: 【Transformation 3】 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which R ２ A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is Cl, Br, or CN, and m is between 0 and 1.

11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, having one of the following formulas: 【Chemistry 4】 【Transformation 5】 【Transformation 6】 【Transformation 7】 【Transformation 8】 【Chemistry 9】 【Chemistry 10】 【Chemistry 11】 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which R ２ A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is Cl, Br, or CN.

12. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, having one of the following formulas: 【Chemistry 12】 【Chemistry 13】 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in which R ２ A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is Cl, Br, or CN.

13. A compound according to claim 10, having one of the formulas IV(a), IV(b), IV(c), IV(d), IV(e), and IV(f), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

14. A compound according to claim 11, having one of the formulas V(a), V(b), V(c), V(d), V(e), V(f), V(g), V(h), V(i), V(j), V(k), V(l), V(m), V(n), V(o), V(p), V(q), V(r), V(s), V(t), V(u), V(v), V(w), V(af), V(ag), V(ah), V(ai), V(aj), V(ak), V(al), V(am), V(an), V(ao), V(ap), V(aq), V(ar), V(as), V(at), V(au), V(av), V(aw), V(ay), V(az), V(ba), V(bb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

15. A compound according to claim 12, having one of the formulas VI(a), VI(b), VI(c), VI(d), VI(e), VI(f), VI(g), VI(h), VI(i), VI(j), VI(k), VI(l), VI(m), VI(o), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

16. G is based on the following: (a) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkyl, (b) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ C replaced by ３ ~C ６ Cycloalkenyl, (c) A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring comprising two cyclic groups having at least one heteroatom, wherein the two cyclic groups are bonded by one common spirocarbon atom, and the heterocyclic spiro ring has 0 to 2 T ５ , 0 to 1 T ６ A 6- to 9-membered heterocyclic spiro ring, which is substituted by (d) 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ４ Phenyl substituted with (e) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ 5-6 member heterocycloalkyls substituted with (f) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ 5-6 member heterocycloalkenyl substituted with (g) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ A 5- to 9-membered bridged heterocycle substituted with, or (h) 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ A 5-6 member heteroaryl substituted with A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which is one of the above.

17. G has 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ The compound according to claim 14, which is pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, indolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, or pyrrolyl, substituted with the above.

18. G has 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ The compound according to claim 14, which is piperazinyl, piperidine, pyrrolidine, tetrahydropyran, morpholinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 2,5-dihydropyrrolyl, or 3,6-dihydropyranyl, substituted with the above.

19. G has 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ６ The compound according to claim 14, which is (1R,5S)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, (1R,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, or (1R,5S)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl substituted with .

20. G has 0 to 2 T １ and 0 to 1 T ２ The compound according to claim 14, wherein the compound is substituted with cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexenyl, or cyclopentenyl.

21. T ３ However, -CH ２ C(O)N(H)cyclopropyl, -CH ２ C(O)N(H)CH ３ ien-CH ２ -COOH, oxetanyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Cyclopropyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Cyclobutyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -Tetrahydropyran, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -Tetrahydrofuran, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Azetidinyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Pyrrolidinil, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ A compound according to any one of claims 1 or 4 to 15, wherein the compound is morpholinyl.

22. G is given by the following formula: 【Chemistry 14】 【Chemistry 15】 A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which is one of the above.

23. G is one of the following equations: 【Chemistry 16】 【Chemistry 17】 [Chemistry 18] Each T １ａ Independently, F, Cl, or CH ３ And, Each T ５ａ Independently, F, Cl, or CH ３ The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15.

24. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of formulas (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), or (h).

25. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of the formulas (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n), (o), (p), (q), (r), (s), (t), (u), (v), (w), (x), (y), (z), (aa), (ab), (ac), or (ad).

26. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of the formulas (ae), (af), (ag), (ah), (ai), (aj), (ak), (al), (am), (an), (ao), (ap), or (aq).

27. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of formulas (ar) or (as).

28. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of the formulas (at) or (au).

29. The compound according to claim 23, wherein G is one of the formulas (av), (aw), (ax), (ay), or (az).

30. T ６ However, oxetanyl methylene, -C(O)CH ２ OH, -C(O)OH, -SO ２ CH ３ -C(O)cyclopropyl, -C(O)CH ３ , -N(H)SO ２ -Cyclopropyl, -N(H)C(O)cyclopropyl, -SO ２ N(H)CH ２ CH ２ CH ３ , -SO ２ NH cyclopropyl or -SO ２ CH ２ CH ２ CH ３ The compound according to any one of claims 1, 4 to 23, or 25.

31. T ５ However, F, Cl, CH ２ Cl, CH ２ F, CH ３ ien-CH ２ CH ３ , -CH(CH ３ ) ２ ,CH ２ OH, -CH ２ CH ２ OH, -CH ２ C (CH ３ ) ２ OH, -CH(CH ２ OH) ２ ien-CH ２ CH(OH)CF ３ ,CH ２ CF ３ , CN, -CH ２ CN, -OCH ３ ien-CH ２ OCH ３ ,-CHF ２ ien-CH ２ CHF ２ ien-CH ２ CH(OH)CH ２ CH ２ Cl, -CH(CH ２ OH)CH ２ Cl, -CH(CH ２ OH)CH ２ I or -CH ２ C (CH ３ ) (CH ２ OH)CH ２ A compound according to any one of claims 1, 4 to 23, 25, or 27, wherein the compound is Cl.

32. Z ５ However, CH ３ , F, Cl, CN, -CH ２ CN, -CH ２ CH ３ The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein it is either OH or OH.

33. R １ However, -CH ２ CH ２ OH and R ２ The compound according to claim 6, wherein the element is Cl and the E element is pyridyl.

34. G has 0 to 2 T ５ and 0 to 1 T ３ The compound according to claim 33, which is pyrazolyl substituted with

35. T ５ However, F, Cl, CH ２ Cl, CH ２ F, CH ３ ien-CH ２ CH ３ , -CH(CH ３ ) ２ ,CH ２ OH, -CH ２ CH ２ OH, -CH ２ C (CH ３ ) ２ OH, -CH(CH ２ OH) ２ ien-CH ２ CH(OH)CF ３ ,CH ２ CF ３ , CN, -CH ２ CN, -OCH ３ ien-CH ２ OCH ３ ,-CHF ２ ien-CH ２ CHF ２ ien-CH ２ CH(OH)CH ２ CH ２ Cl, -CH(CH ２ OH)CH ２ Cl, -CH(CH ２ OH)CH ２ I or -CH ２ C (CH ３ ) (CH ２ OH)CH ２ The compound according to claim 34, wherein the compound is Cl.

36. T ３ However, -CH ２ C(O)N(H)cyclopropyl, -CH ２ C(O)N(H)CH ３ ien-CH ２ -COOH, oxetanyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Cyclopropyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Cyclobutyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -Tetrahydropyran, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ -Tetrahydrofuran, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Azetidinyl, -(CH ２ ) ０～２ Pyrrolidinil, or -(CH ２ ) ０～２ The compound according to claim 35, wherein the compound is morpholinyl.

37. A compound according to claim 1, selected from Table 1 shown below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Table 1-1 Table 1-2 Table 1-3 Table 1-4 Table 1-5 Table 1-6 Table 1-7 Table 1-8 Table 1-9 Table 1-10 Table 1-11 Table 1-12 Table 1-13 Table 1-14 Table 1-15 Table 1-16 Table 1-17 Table 1-18 Table 1-19 Table 1-20 Table 1-21 Table 1-22 Table 1-23 Table 1-24 Table 1-25 Table 1-26 Table 1-27 Table 1-28 Table 1-29 Table 1-30 Table 1-31 Table 1-32

38. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 37 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

39. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38, further comprising a second pharmaceutical product.

40. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 37, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomer, stereoisomer, or deuteride thereof, for treating a disease or condition mediated by CD73, or a pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 38 to 39.

41. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40, wherein the disease or condition is a neoplastic disorder, cancer, age-related disease, inflammatory disorder, cognitive impairment and / or neurodegenerative disease.

42. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40, wherein the disease or condition is bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, glioma, leukemia, lymphoma, lung cancer, breast cancer, melanoma, multiple myeloma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, thyroid cancer, pulmonary fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, or Parkinson's disease.

43. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 42, wherein the lymphoma is adult T-cell lymphoma, AIDS-associated lymphoma, anaplastic large cell lymphoma, angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin lymphoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, MALT lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, primary exudative lymphoma, or T-cell lymphoma.

44. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 42, wherein the leukemia is adult T-cell leukemia, rapidly progressive NK-cell leukemia, B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, B-cell prelymphocytic leukemia, acute eosinophilic leukemia, acute erythrocytic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute megakaryoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, or mast cell leukemia.

45. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40, wherein the disease or condition is renal cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, multiple myeloma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, breast cancer, or prostate cancer.

46. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of claims 40 to 45, further comprising one or more further therapeutic agents.

47. The one or more further therapeutic agents are i) an alkylating agent selected from adzeresin, altretamine, bizeresin, busulfan, carboplatin, carbocon, carmustine, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, dacarbazine, estramustine, fotemustine, hepsulfame, ifosfamide, improsulfan, ilofluben, lomustine, mechloretamine, melphalan, oxaliplatin, piposulfan, semustine, streptozocin, temozolomide, thiotepa and tresulfan, ii) bleomycin, Antibiotics selected from dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin, menogalil, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, neocardinostatin, pentostatin and plicamycin, iii) azacitidine, capecitabine, cladribine, clofarabine, cytarabine, decitabine, phloxuridine, fludarabine, 5-fluorouracil, futraflu, gemcitabine, hydroxyurea, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, nelarabine, pemetrexed, larcitrexed, thioguanine and trimethrexate iv) an antimetabolite selected from the group consisting of , PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitors, v) a hormone or hormone antagonist selected from the group consisting of enzalutamide, abiraterone, anastrozole, androgen, buserelin, diethylstilbestrol, exemestane, flutamide, fulvestrant, goserelin, doxifen, letrozole, leuprolide, magestrol, raloxifen, tamoxifen and toremifene, vi) DJ-927 (tesetaxel), docetaxel, TPI287, pacryl Taxanes selected from ritaxel and DHA-paclitaxel, vii) Retinoids selected from alitretinoin, bexarotene, fenretinide, isotretinoin, and tretinoin, viiii) Alkaloids selected from etoposide, homohalintin, teniposide, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine, and vinorelbine, ix) Antiangiogenic agents selected from AE-941 (Neovastat®), ABT-510, 2-methoxyestradiol, lenalidomide, and thalidomide, x) Amsacrin, edotecarin,Topoisomerase inhibitors selected from exatecan, irinotecan, SN-38 (7-ethyl-10-hydroxycamptothecin), rubitecan, topotecan, and 9-aminocamptothecin; xi) erlotinib, gefitinib, flavopyridol, imatinib mesylate, lapatinib, sorafenib, sunitinib malate, AEE-788, AG-013736 (axitinib), AMG706 (motesanib), AMN107 (nilotinib), BMS -354825 (dasatinib), BMS-599626, UCN-01 (7-hydroxystaurosporine), kinase inhibitors selected from vemurafenib, dabrafenib, trametinib, cobimetinib, selumetinib and batalanib, xi) Targeted signaling inhibitors selected from bortezomib, geldanamycin and rapamycin, xiiii) Biological response modifiers selected from imiquimod, interferon-α and interleukin-2, xiv) IDO inhibitors, and xv) 3-AP (3-amino-2-carboxyaldehyde thiosemicarbazone), althrasentan, aminoglutethimide, anagrelide, asparaginase, bryostatin-1, sirengitide, erescromol, eribulin mesylate (E7389), ixabepyrone, ronidamine, masopropyl, mitognazone, oblimersen, sulindac, testolactone, thiazophrine, mTOR inhibitors, PI3K inhibitors, The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 46, comprising one or more of the following: a chemotherapeutic agent selected from a Cdk4 inhibitor, an Akt inhibitor, an Hsp90 inhibitor, a farnesyltransferase inhibitor, or an aromatase inhibitor (anastrozole, letrozole, exemestane); xvi) a Mek inhibitor; xvii) a tyrosine kinase inhibitor; xviiii) a c-Kit mutation inhibitor; xix) an EGFR inhibitor; a PD-1 inhibitor; or xx) an epigenetic modulator.

48. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 47, wherein the one or more further therapeutic agents are PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitors.

49. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 48, wherein the PD-1 or PD-L1 inhibitor is nivolumab, pembrolizumab, semiprimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, or durvalumab.

Images